1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
64 #include "continuations.h"
69 /* readline include files */
70 #include "readline/readline.h"
71 #include "readline/history.h"
73 /* readline defines this. */
76 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
77 #include "python/python.h"
79 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
81 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
83 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
85 static void disable_command (char *, int);
87 static void enable_command (char *, int);
89 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
93 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
95 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
97 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
99 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
100 struct linespec_result
*,
104 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
105 struct linespec_result
*,
106 struct linespec_sals
*,
108 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
110 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
113 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*, char **,
114 struct symtabs_and_lines
*);
116 static void clear_command (char *, int);
118 static void catch_command (char *, int);
120 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
122 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
124 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
126 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
128 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
129 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
130 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
132 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
134 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
135 struct symtab_and_line
,
137 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
139 static struct breakpoint
*
140 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
142 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
);
144 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
146 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
150 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
151 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
152 struct obj_section
*, int);
154 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
,
156 struct address_space
*aspace2
,
159 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
160 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
162 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
163 struct address_space
*aspace
,
166 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
168 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
170 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
171 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
173 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
175 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
177 static void commands_command (char *, int);
179 static void condition_command (char *, int);
188 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
189 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
191 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
193 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
195 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
197 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
199 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
201 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
203 int *other_type_used
);
205 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
207 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
209 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
);
211 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
213 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
215 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
217 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
);
219 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
,
220 char *arg
, int tempflag
, int from_tty
);
222 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
224 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
226 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*,
229 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
230 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
231 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
233 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
235 static void update_global_location_list (int);
237 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
239 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
241 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
243 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
245 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
247 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
249 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
251 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
253 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
255 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
257 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
260 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
262 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
264 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
;
266 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
267 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
268 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
269 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
271 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
272 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
274 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
275 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
277 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
279 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
281 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
282 breakpoints share a single command list. */
283 struct counted_command_line
285 /* The reference count. */
288 /* The command list. */
289 struct command_line
*commands
;
292 struct command_line
*
293 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
295 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
298 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
299 current breakpoint. */
301 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
304 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
306 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
307 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
309 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
311 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
314 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
315 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
316 if such is available. */
317 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
320 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
321 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
324 fprintf_filtered (file
,
325 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
326 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
330 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
331 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
332 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
333 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
334 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
336 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
337 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
340 fprintf_filtered (file
,
341 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
342 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
346 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
347 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
348 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
349 use hardware breakpoints. */
350 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
352 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
353 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
356 fprintf_filtered (file
,
357 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
361 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
362 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
363 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
364 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
365 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
367 static const char always_inserted_auto
[] = "auto";
368 static const char always_inserted_on
[] = "on";
369 static const char always_inserted_off
[] = "off";
370 static const char *always_inserted_enums
[] = {
371 always_inserted_auto
,
376 static const char *always_inserted_mode
= always_inserted_auto
;
378 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
379 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
381 if (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
)
382 fprintf_filtered (file
,
383 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
384 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
386 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
388 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
393 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
395 return ((always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_on
396 || (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
&& non_stop
))
400 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
402 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
403 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
405 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
406 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
408 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
409 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
411 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
412 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
413 current breakpoint. */
415 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
417 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
418 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
419 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
422 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
423 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
424 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
426 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
427 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
428 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
431 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
433 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
434 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
435 if (is_tracepoint (B))
437 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
439 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
441 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
443 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
445 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
447 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
449 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
450 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
451 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
452 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
453 an address you need to read. */
455 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
457 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
458 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
459 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
460 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
461 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
463 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
465 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
466 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
468 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
470 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
472 static int breakpoint_count
;
474 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
475 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
476 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
477 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
478 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
480 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
482 static int tracepoint_count
;
484 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
485 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
486 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
488 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
490 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
492 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
495 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
498 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
500 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
501 breakpoint_count
= num
;
502 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
505 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
506 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
507 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
509 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
513 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
515 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
518 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
522 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
524 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
527 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
530 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
532 struct breakpoint
*b
;
538 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
539 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
541 static struct counted_command_line
*
542 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
544 struct counted_command_line
*result
545 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line
));
548 result
->commands
= commands
;
552 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
555 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
561 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
562 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
563 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
566 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
570 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
572 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
579 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
582 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
584 decref_counted_command_line (arg
);
587 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
590 static struct cleanup
*
591 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
593 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
597 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
598 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
601 get_breakpoint (int num
)
603 struct breakpoint
*b
;
606 if (b
->number
== num
)
615 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *exp
,
618 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
619 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
621 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
623 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
630 struct bp_location
*loc
;
632 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
642 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
648 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
649 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
650 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
651 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
653 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
655 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
657 innermost_block
= NULL
;
659 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0);
661 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
662 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
666 struct bp_location
*loc
;
668 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
672 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
674 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
678 breakpoints_changed ();
679 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
682 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
685 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
687 struct breakpoint
*b
;
692 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
695 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
697 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
700 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
702 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
703 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
704 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
705 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
707 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b
->py_bp_object
))
708 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
709 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
710 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
714 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
717 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
718 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
719 Throw if any such commands is found. */
722 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
724 struct command_line
*c
;
726 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
730 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
731 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
732 "only be used for tracepoints"));
734 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
735 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
737 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
738 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
740 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
741 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
743 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
744 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
748 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
751 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
753 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
754 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
755 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
759 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
761 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
764 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
765 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
769 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
770 struct command_line
*commands
)
772 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
774 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
775 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
776 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
777 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
778 struct command_line
*c
;
779 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
780 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
782 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
784 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
785 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
786 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
787 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
788 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
789 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
792 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
793 "can be used only once"));
800 struct command_line
*c2
;
802 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
803 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
804 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
806 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
807 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
813 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
817 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
818 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
821 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
823 struct breakpoint
*b
;
824 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
825 struct bp_location
*loc
;
828 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
830 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
831 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
832 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
838 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
839 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
842 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
843 struct command_line
*commands
)
845 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
847 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
848 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
849 breakpoints_changed ();
850 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
853 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
854 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
858 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
860 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
863 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
864 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
867 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
868 breakpoint work for any thread. */
871 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
873 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
876 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
877 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
880 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
881 breakpoint work for any task. */
884 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
886 int old_task
= b
->task
;
889 if (old_task
!= task
)
890 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
894 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
896 struct breakpoint
*b
= closure
;
898 validate_actionline (&line
, b
);
901 /* A structure used to pass information through
902 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
906 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
909 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
912 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
913 already-parsed command. */
914 struct command_line
*control
;
916 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
918 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
921 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
925 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
927 struct commands_info
*info
= data
;
929 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
931 struct command_line
*l
;
933 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
934 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
937 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
940 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
941 "%s, one per line."),
944 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
946 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
949 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
952 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
955 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
958 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
960 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
962 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
963 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
964 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
965 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
966 breakpoints_changed ();
967 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
972 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
973 struct command_line
*control
)
975 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
976 struct commands_info info
;
978 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
979 info
.control
= control
;
981 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
982 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
983 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
985 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
987 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
988 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
990 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
991 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
994 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
995 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
996 numbers will fail in this case. */
1001 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1003 arg
= xstrdup (arg
);
1006 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
1010 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1012 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1013 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1015 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1019 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1021 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1024 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1025 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1027 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1028 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1029 enum command_control_type
1030 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1032 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1033 return simple_control
;
1036 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1039 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1041 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1045 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1046 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1051 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1052 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1054 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1055 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1056 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1057 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1058 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1059 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1060 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1061 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1063 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1066 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1067 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1068 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1070 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1072 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1074 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1075 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1076 report higher one. */
1079 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1080 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1082 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1084 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1085 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1087 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1088 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1089 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1090 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1092 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1093 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1094 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1096 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1098 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1105 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1106 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1107 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1108 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1109 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1112 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1114 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1115 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1116 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1119 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1122 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1124 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1126 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1127 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1131 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1132 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1133 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1136 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1139 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1140 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1141 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1144 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1146 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
, 0,
1147 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1150 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1152 bp_addr
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1153 bp_size
= bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
1155 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1156 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1160 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1161 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1165 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1166 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1168 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1169 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1170 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1174 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1176 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1177 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1180 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1182 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1184 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1185 bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1189 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= bl
->gdbarch
;
1190 const unsigned char *bp
;
1191 CORE_ADDR placed_address
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1192 unsigned placed_size
= bl
->target_info
.placed_size
;
1194 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1195 memcpy (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1196 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1198 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1200 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &placed_address
, &placed_size
);
1202 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1203 breakpoint's INSN. */
1204 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1210 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1213 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1215 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1216 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1217 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1220 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1224 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1226 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1227 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1230 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1231 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1232 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1233 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1234 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1235 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1236 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1237 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1240 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1242 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1243 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1244 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1245 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1248 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1249 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1252 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1254 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1256 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1258 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1259 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1260 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1261 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1262 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1264 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1267 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1268 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1269 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1270 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1272 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1274 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1275 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1278 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1279 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1280 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1281 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1282 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1283 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1284 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1285 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1287 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1288 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1289 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1290 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1291 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1292 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1293 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1294 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1297 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1298 hardware watchpoints:
1300 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1301 called several times when GDB stops.
1304 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1305 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1306 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1307 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1308 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1309 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1310 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1311 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1312 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1313 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1314 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1316 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1317 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1320 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1322 int within_current_scope
;
1323 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1326 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1327 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1328 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1329 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1332 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1337 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1338 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1339 within_current_scope
= 1;
1342 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1343 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1344 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1346 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1347 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1348 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1349 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1352 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1353 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1354 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1355 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1358 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1360 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1361 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1362 if (within_current_scope
)
1366 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1367 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1368 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1371 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1380 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1381 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1382 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1383 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1384 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1385 be completely different objects. */
1386 value_free (b
->val
);
1390 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1391 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1392 locations (re)created below. */
1393 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1395 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1397 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1401 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1402 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1406 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1407 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1408 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1409 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1410 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1411 if ( !target_has_execution
)
1413 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1414 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1415 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1417 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1420 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1421 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1423 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
);
1425 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1426 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1427 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1428 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1429 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1431 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1437 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1439 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1440 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1442 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1443 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1444 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1445 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1446 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1447 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1448 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1450 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1452 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1453 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1454 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1456 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1457 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1461 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1463 addr
= value_address (v
);
1464 len
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1466 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1468 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1471 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
1472 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1475 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1477 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1478 loc
->address
= addr
;
1480 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1485 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1486 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1487 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1492 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
1493 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1495 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1499 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
1502 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1503 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1504 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
1506 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1507 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1508 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1509 this watchpoint in as well. */
1511 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1512 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1513 hardware watchpoint type. */
1514 type
= b
->base
.type
;
1515 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
1516 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1518 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1519 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1520 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1521 through watch_command), so always account for it
1524 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1525 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
1527 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1528 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
1531 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
1532 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1534 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
1536 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
1537 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1538 "hardware watchpoint."));
1539 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
1540 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1541 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1543 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1544 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1548 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1549 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1550 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1552 b
->base
.type
= type
;
1555 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1556 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1557 "read/access watchpoint."));
1559 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1561 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
1562 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
1563 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
1564 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
1567 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
1569 next
= value_next (v
);
1574 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1575 above left it without any location set up. But,
1576 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1577 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1578 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
1580 struct breakpoint
*base
= &b
->base
;
1581 base
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (base
);
1582 base
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1583 base
->loc
->address
= -1;
1584 base
->loc
->length
= -1;
1585 base
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
1588 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1590 printf_filtered (_("\
1591 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1592 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1594 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
1597 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1599 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1603 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1604 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1605 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1606 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1607 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1609 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1611 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
1614 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1617 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
1620 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
1623 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1624 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
1625 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1626 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
1627 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
1628 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
1629 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
1630 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1631 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
1637 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
1638 that the location is not duplicated. */
1641 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1644 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
1647 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
1648 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
1652 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
1653 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
1654 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1655 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
1658 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
1659 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1661 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
1662 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
1663 int *disabled_breaks
,
1664 int *hw_breakpoint_error
)
1668 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
1671 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1672 memset (&bl
->target_info
, 0, sizeof (bl
->target_info
));
1673 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= bl
->address
;
1674 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
1675 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
1677 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1678 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1680 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
1682 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1683 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1684 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1686 Two important cases are:
1687 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1688 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1689 hardware breakpoint.
1690 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
1691 read-write. This means we've previously made the
1692 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
1695 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
1696 location types we've just set here, the only possible
1697 problem is that memory map has changed during running
1698 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
1700 struct mem_region
*mr
1701 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.placed_address
);
1705 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
1707 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
1709 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
1710 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
1712 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
1714 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
1716 static int said
= 0;
1718 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
1721 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
1722 _("Note: automatically using "
1723 "hardware breakpoints for "
1724 "read-only addresses.\n"));
1729 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1730 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
1731 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
1732 "at readonly address %s"),
1733 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
1737 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1738 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
1739 || bl
->section
== NULL
1740 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
1742 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1744 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
1748 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1749 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1750 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
1752 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1753 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1754 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1755 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1756 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1760 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
1762 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1763 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
1764 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
1765 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
1766 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
1768 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1769 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
1770 "failed: in ROM?\n",
1774 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1775 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
1777 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1778 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
1782 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1783 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1790 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1791 if (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
1793 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1795 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
1796 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
1797 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
1799 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1800 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1802 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1803 "Temporarily disabling shared "
1804 "library breakpoints:\n");
1806 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
1807 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1808 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
1812 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1814 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
1815 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1816 "Cannot insert hardware "
1822 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1823 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1825 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
,
1826 "Error accessing memory address ");
1827 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
1829 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
, ": %s.\n",
1830 safe_strerror (val
));
1841 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1842 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1843 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1844 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1846 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
1847 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
1849 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
1851 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
1852 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
1853 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
1855 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
1857 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
1858 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
1860 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
1862 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
1863 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
1867 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
1868 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
1875 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
1876 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
1879 /* Back to the original value. */
1880 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
1884 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
1887 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
1889 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
1890 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
1892 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
1895 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
1899 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
1900 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
1902 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
1905 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
1907 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1908 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1909 so just return success. */
1916 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
1917 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
1921 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
1923 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
1924 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
1926 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
1927 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
1929 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
1930 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1933 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
1934 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
1935 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
1937 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
1939 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
1941 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1942 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
1943 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
1945 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
1946 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
1948 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
1954 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
1955 removed locations above. */
1956 update_global_location_list (0);
1959 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1960 Throws exception on any error.
1961 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1962 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1964 insert_breakpoints (void)
1966 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
1968 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
1969 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
1971 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
1973 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1976 update_global_location_list (1);
1978 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
1979 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
1981 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
1982 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1985 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
1988 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1990 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
1991 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
1994 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
1995 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
1997 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
1998 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2000 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2001 there was an error. */
2002 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2004 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2006 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2008 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
2011 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2012 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2013 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2014 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
2015 && !valid_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
2018 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2020 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2021 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2022 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2023 insert breakpoints. */
2024 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
2025 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2028 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2029 &hw_breakpoint_error
);
2034 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2035 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2036 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2038 int some_failed
= 0;
2039 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2041 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2044 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2047 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2050 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2051 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
2058 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2060 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
2062 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2063 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2064 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2072 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2073 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2074 if (hw_breakpoint_error
)
2076 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2077 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2078 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2080 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2081 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2084 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2087 /* Used when the program stops.
2088 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2089 removing a breakpoint location. */
2092 remove_breakpoints (void)
2094 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2097 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2099 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
2100 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2105 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2108 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
2110 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2112 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2114 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2116 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2121 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2130 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
2132 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2133 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2135 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
2136 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0;
2137 struct inferior
*inf
;
2138 struct thread_info
*tp
;
2140 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
2144 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2145 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
2147 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
2149 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2150 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2152 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2154 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2160 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
);
2163 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2168 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2172 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
2174 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
2175 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
2176 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
2177 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
2178 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
2179 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
2181 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
2184 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
2187 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
2188 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
2192 static struct breakpoint
*
2193 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
2194 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
2195 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
2197 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
2198 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2200 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
2203 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
2204 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
2206 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
2207 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
2208 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
2213 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
2215 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
2217 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
2219 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
2220 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
2222 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
2223 struct minimal_symbol
*overlay_msym
;
2225 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
2226 struct minimal_symbol
*longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
2228 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
2229 struct minimal_symbol
*terminate_msym
;
2231 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
2232 struct minimal_symbol
*exception_msym
;
2235 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
2237 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
2238 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
2240 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
2243 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
2245 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
2248 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
2249 Allocate the data if necessary. */
2251 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
2252 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
2254 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2256 bp_objfile_data
= objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
);
2257 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
2259 bp_objfile_data
= obstack_alloc (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
,
2260 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
2262 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
2263 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
2265 return bp_objfile_data
;
2269 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
2271 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2272 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
2274 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2276 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2277 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2280 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
2282 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
))
2285 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
== NULL
)
2287 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
2289 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
2292 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
2293 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
2296 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
2299 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
2300 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
2302 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
2303 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
2305 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
2307 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
2308 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
2312 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2313 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
2316 update_global_location_list (1);
2320 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
2322 struct program_space
*pspace
;
2323 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2325 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
2327 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
2329 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2331 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
2333 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2336 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
2337 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2339 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
2340 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
2343 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
2345 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
2347 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2348 const char *func_name
;
2351 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]))
2354 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
2355 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] == NULL
)
2357 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
2359 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
2362 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2363 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = &msym_not_found
;
2366 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
2369 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
2370 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
2371 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
2372 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
2373 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2377 update_global_location_list (1);
2379 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2382 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
2384 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
2386 struct program_space
*pspace
;
2387 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2388 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
2390 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
2392 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
2394 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2397 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
2399 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2401 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2402 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2404 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
2406 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
))
2409 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
== NULL
)
2411 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
2413 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
2414 if (m
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_text
2415 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_file_text
))
2417 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2418 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
2421 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
2424 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
2425 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
2426 bp_std_terminate_master
,
2427 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
2428 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
2429 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2433 update_global_location_list (1);
2435 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2438 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
2441 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
2443 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2444 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
2446 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2448 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2449 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
2450 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2453 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
2455 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
))
2458 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
2460 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
== NULL
)
2462 struct minimal_symbol
*debug_hook
;
2464 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
2465 if (debug_hook
== NULL
)
2467 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
2471 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
2474 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
2475 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
2477 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
2478 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
2479 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
2480 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2483 update_global_location_list (1);
2487 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
2489 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
2490 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
2492 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
2493 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
2494 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
2495 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
2496 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
2497 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
2498 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
2499 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
2500 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
2501 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
2502 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
2504 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
2506 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
2509 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2510 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
2512 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2516 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2517 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
2519 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2523 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
2524 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
2525 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
2526 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
2527 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
2529 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2533 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
2534 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
2536 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2540 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
2542 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
2543 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
2545 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2549 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2551 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
2552 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
2553 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
2554 a new method, and call this method from here. */
2558 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
2559 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
2560 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
2561 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
2562 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
2563 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
2565 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
2566 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
2567 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
2568 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
2569 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
2570 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
2571 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
2573 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
2574 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
2575 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
2576 let finish_command delete it.
2578 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
2579 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
2580 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
2581 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
2582 solib breakpoints.) */
2584 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
2589 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
2590 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
2592 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
2594 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2598 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
2599 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
2600 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
2601 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
2602 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
2606 detach_breakpoints (int pid
)
2608 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2610 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
2611 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
2613 if (pid
== PIDGET (inferior_ptid
))
2614 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
2616 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
2617 inferior_ptid
= pid_to_ptid (pid
);
2618 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2620 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2624 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
2627 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
2628 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
2630 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2634 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
2635 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
2636 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
2637 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
2638 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
2641 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
2645 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2646 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
2648 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2649 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2652 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2653 This should not ever happen. */
2654 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
2656 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2657 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2659 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
2660 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
2661 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
2663 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2664 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2665 || bl
->section
== NULL
2666 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2668 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
2669 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
2673 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2674 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2675 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2677 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
2678 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
2680 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
2681 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
2682 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2683 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2684 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2686 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2687 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2689 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
2690 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
2693 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
2694 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
2695 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
2696 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
2698 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
2699 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
2700 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
2701 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
2702 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2703 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
2709 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
2714 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
2715 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
2716 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
2717 if (val
&& solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
2722 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2724 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2726 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2727 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
2729 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2730 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
2732 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
2733 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
2734 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
2737 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
2738 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
2741 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2742 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
2744 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
2748 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2755 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
2758 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2760 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2761 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
2763 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2764 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2767 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2768 This should not ever happen. */
2769 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
2771 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
2773 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2775 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
2777 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2781 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
2784 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
2786 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2788 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2789 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
2793 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
2794 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
2796 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
2799 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
2800 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
2801 init_wait_for_inferior). */
2806 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
2808 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
2809 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2811 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
2813 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
2815 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))
2818 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2820 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2821 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
2822 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
2826 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
2828 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
2835 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
2836 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
2839 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
2841 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
2843 case bp_shlib_event
:
2845 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
2846 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
2847 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
2848 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
2849 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
2851 (gdb) file prog-linux
2852 (gdb) run # native linux target
2855 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
2856 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
2859 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2863 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
2864 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
2865 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
2867 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
2869 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
2870 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
2871 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2872 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
2874 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
2875 insert_breakpoints. */
2877 value_free (w
->val
);
2888 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
2889 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
2890 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
2891 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
2894 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
2895 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
2896 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
2897 match, not program space. */
2899 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
2900 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
2901 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
2902 permanent breakpoint.
2903 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
2904 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
2905 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
2906 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
2907 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
2909 enum breakpoint_here
2910 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2912 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2913 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
2915 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2917 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2918 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2921 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2922 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
2923 || bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2924 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
2926 if (overlay_debugging
2927 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
2928 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2929 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2930 else if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2931 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
2933 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
2937 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
2940 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
2943 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2945 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2948 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
2949 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
2955 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
2956 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
2957 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
2958 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
2961 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
2964 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2966 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2968 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2969 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2973 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
2975 if (overlay_debugging
2976 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
2977 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2978 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2986 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
2987 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
2990 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2992 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2995 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3001 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3005 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3008 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3010 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3012 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
3016 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
3019 if (overlay_debugging
3020 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3021 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3022 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3028 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3029 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3036 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3037 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
3039 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3041 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3043 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3045 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
3046 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
3049 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3052 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3053 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
3057 /* Check for intersection. */
3058 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
3059 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
3067 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3068 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
3071 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
3074 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3075 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
3079 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3081 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3082 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3085 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3086 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3087 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3090 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3093 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
3095 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
3096 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
3097 it is now time to do so. */
3099 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
3100 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
3104 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= 0)
3106 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
3107 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
3108 it is now time to do so. */
3110 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
3111 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= task
)
3115 if (overlay_debugging
3116 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3117 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3118 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3127 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
3131 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
3133 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
3136 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
3140 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
3142 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
3143 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
3144 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
3145 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
3149 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
3150 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
3153 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
3170 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
3171 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
3174 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
3178 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
3183 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3185 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
3186 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
3187 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
3188 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
3189 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
3191 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
3192 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
3196 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
3206 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
3209 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
3214 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
3216 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
3222 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
3223 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
3224 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
3225 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
3227 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
3228 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
3230 Return 1 otherwise. */
3233 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
3235 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3238 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
3240 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
3241 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
3242 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
3243 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
3244 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
3246 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
3248 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
3252 /* See breakpoint.h. */
3255 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
3257 struct thread_info
*tp
;
3260 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3263 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
3267 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3269 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
3271 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
3273 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
3279 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
3282 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
3284 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3286 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
3288 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
3289 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
3290 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
3291 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
3292 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
3296 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
3299 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
3302 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
3304 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
3307 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
3308 or its equivalent. */
3311 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
3313 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0
3314 || (xdb_commands
&& strcmp ("Q", cmd
->line
) == 0));
3317 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
3318 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
3319 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
3320 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
3322 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
3323 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
3324 bpstat of the current thread. */
3327 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
3330 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3333 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
3335 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
3338 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
3339 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
3341 prevent_dont_repeat ();
3343 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
3346 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
3347 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3349 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
3350 struct command_line
*cmd
;
3351 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
3353 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
3355 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
3356 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
3357 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
3358 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
3359 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
3360 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
3361 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
3362 the tree when we're done. */
3363 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
3364 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
3365 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
3366 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
3367 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
3369 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
3375 execute_control_command (cmd
);
3377 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
3383 /* We can free this command tree now. */
3384 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
3386 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
3388 if (target_can_async_p ())
3389 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
3390 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
3391 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
3394 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
3395 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
3396 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
3397 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
3398 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
3399 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
3400 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
3401 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
3402 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
3403 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
3404 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
3405 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
3406 with the new stop_bpstat. */
3411 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3416 bpstat_do_actions (void)
3418 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
3420 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
3421 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
3422 && target_has_execution
3423 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
3424 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
3425 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
3426 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
3427 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
3428 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
3429 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
3432 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
3435 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
3438 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
3441 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
3444 struct value_print_options opts
;
3445 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
3446 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
3450 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
3451 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
3452 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
3453 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
3456 static enum print_stop_action
3457 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
3459 switch (bs
->print_it
)
3462 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
3463 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3467 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
3468 relevant messages. */
3469 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
3472 case print_it_normal
:
3474 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3476 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
3477 which has since been deleted. */
3479 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3481 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
3482 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
3487 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
3488 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
3493 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
3494 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
3495 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
3496 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
3497 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
3498 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
3499 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
3502 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
3503 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
3504 code to print the location. An example is
3505 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
3507 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
3508 to also print the location part of the message.
3509 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
3510 don't require a location appended to the end.
3511 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
3512 further info to be printed. */
3514 enum print_stop_action
3515 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
3519 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
3520 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
3521 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
3522 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
3523 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3525 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
3526 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
3527 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
3528 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
3532 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
3533 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
3534 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
3535 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
3537 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
3538 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
3539 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "reason",
3540 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
3541 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
3544 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
3545 with and nothing was printed. */
3546 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3549 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
3550 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
3551 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
3552 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
3555 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
3557 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3558 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
3560 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3564 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
3567 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
3571 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
3573 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
3574 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
3575 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
3576 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
3577 incref_bp_location (bl
);
3578 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
3579 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
3581 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
3585 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
3586 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
3589 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
3591 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
3593 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3595 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
3597 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
3598 as not triggered. */
3600 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
3602 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
3604 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
3610 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
3612 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
3613 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
3615 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
3617 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
3619 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
3622 return stopped_by_watchpoint
;
3625 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
3626 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
3630 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
3632 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
3633 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3635 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
3636 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3638 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
3640 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
3641 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
3643 if (newaddr
== start
)
3645 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
3649 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
3650 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
3654 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
3663 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
3664 because of check_errors). */
3665 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
3666 #define WP_DELETED 1
3667 /* The value has changed. */
3668 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
3669 /* The value has not changed. */
3670 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
3671 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
3674 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
3675 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
3677 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
3680 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
3681 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
3684 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
3686 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
3687 struct watchpoint
*b
;
3688 struct frame_info
*fr
;
3689 int within_current_scope
;
3691 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
3692 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
3693 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3695 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
3696 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
3697 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
3698 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
3701 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
3702 within_current_scope
= 1;
3705 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
3706 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
3707 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
3709 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
3710 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
3711 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
3712 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
3713 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
3714 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
3715 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
3716 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
3717 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
3718 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
3721 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
3722 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
3724 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
3725 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
3726 if (within_current_scope
)
3728 struct symbol
*function
;
3730 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
3731 if (function
== NULL
3732 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
3733 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
3734 within_current_scope
= 0;
3737 if (within_current_scope
)
3738 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
3739 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
3744 if (within_current_scope
)
3746 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
3747 time before we return to the command level and call
3748 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
3749 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
3753 struct value
*new_val
;
3755 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
3756 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
3757 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
3758 a mask watchpoint. */
3759 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
3761 mark
= value_mark ();
3762 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
);
3764 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
3765 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
3766 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
3767 not what we want. */
3768 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
3769 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
3771 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
3773 release_value (new_val
);
3774 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3776 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
3779 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
3783 /* Nothing changed. */
3784 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3785 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
3790 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
3792 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
3793 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
3794 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
3795 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
3796 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
3797 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
3798 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
3799 the first value assigned). */
3800 /* We print all the stop information in
3801 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
3802 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
3803 already. So we have no choice but print the information
3805 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3807 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
3808 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
3809 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
3811 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
3812 which its expression is valid.\n");
3814 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
3815 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
3816 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
3822 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
3823 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
3824 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
3827 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
3828 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
3829 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
3831 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3833 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
3834 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
3836 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
3839 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
3840 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
3843 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
3845 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
3846 struct watchpoint
*b
;
3848 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
3849 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
3850 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
3851 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3852 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
3855 int must_check_value
= 0;
3857 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
3858 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
3860 must_check_value
= 1;
3861 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
3862 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
3863 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
3865 must_check_value
= 1;
3866 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
3867 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
3868 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
3869 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
3870 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
3871 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
3872 must_check_value
= 1;
3874 if (must_check_value
)
3877 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
3879 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
3880 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
3882 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3886 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3887 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
3891 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3894 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
3895 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
3897 /* There are two cases to consider here:
3899 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
3900 In that case, trust the target, and always report
3901 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
3902 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
3903 have changed since the last time it was read, and
3904 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
3905 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
3908 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
3909 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
3912 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
3913 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
3914 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
3915 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
3917 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
3918 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
3919 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
3922 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
3923 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
3924 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
3925 changes. This still gives false positives when
3926 the program writes the same value to memory as
3927 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
3928 it for a read), but it's much better than
3931 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
3933 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
3935 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
3937 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
3938 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3939 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3941 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
3942 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
3944 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
3945 == watch_triggered_yes
)
3947 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
3953 if (other_write_watchpoint
3954 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
3956 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
3957 and the value changed since the last time we
3958 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
3960 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3965 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
3966 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3967 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
3969 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
3970 the value hasn't changed. */
3971 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3979 /* Error from catch_errors. */
3980 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->base
.number
);
3981 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
3982 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3983 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
3987 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
3989 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
3990 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
3991 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
3992 anything for this watchpoint. */
3993 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4000 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
4001 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
4002 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
4005 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
4007 int thread_id
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
4008 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
4009 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4011 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4012 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
4013 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
4014 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4015 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4017 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
4018 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
4022 int value_is_zero
= 0;
4023 struct expression
*cond
;
4025 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
4026 method implemented. */
4027 if (b
->py_bp_object
)
4028 bs
->stop
= gdbpy_should_stop (b
->py_bp_object
);
4030 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
4032 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4039 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
4041 int within_current_scope
= 1;
4042 struct watchpoint
* w
;
4044 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
4045 be a long time before we return to the command level and
4046 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
4047 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
4049 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4051 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
4052 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4056 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
4057 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
4058 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
4059 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
4060 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
4062 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4063 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
4066 struct frame_info
*frame
;
4068 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
4069 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
4070 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
4071 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
4072 really matter which instantiation of the function
4073 where the condition makes sense triggers the
4074 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
4075 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
4076 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
4077 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
4078 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
4079 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
4080 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
4082 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
4084 select_frame (frame
);
4086 within_current_scope
= 0;
4088 if (within_current_scope
)
4090 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
4091 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
4095 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
4096 "in the current scope"));
4097 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
4098 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
4101 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
4102 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4105 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
4109 else if (b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread_id
)
4113 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
4116 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
4118 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
4120 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
4126 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
4127 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
4129 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
4130 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
4133 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
4135 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
4137 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
4138 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
4139 several reasons concurrently.)
4141 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
4142 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
4145 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4146 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
4147 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4149 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
4150 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4151 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4152 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
4153 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
4154 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
4157 int need_remove_insert
;
4160 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
4161 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
4162 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
4163 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
4164 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
4165 inferior function calls. */
4169 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4172 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
4174 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
4175 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
4176 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
4177 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
4178 checked all locations already. */
4179 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
4182 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
)
4185 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
4188 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
4191 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
4194 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
4195 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
4196 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
4200 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
4201 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
4202 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
4204 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
4206 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
4208 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4213 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4215 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
4217 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
4218 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
4221 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4225 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
4226 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
4227 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
4231 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4236 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4237 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
4240 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
4245 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
4247 /* We will stop here. */
4248 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
4250 if (b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4251 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
4256 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
4257 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
4258 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
4259 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
4265 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
4267 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
4268 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4271 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
4272 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
4273 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
4275 need_remove_insert
= 0;
4276 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
4277 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4279 && bs
->breakpoint_at
4280 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
4282 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4284 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
4285 need_remove_insert
= 1;
4288 if (need_remove_insert
)
4289 update_global_location_list (1);
4290 else if (removed_any
)
4291 update_global_location_list (0);
4297 handle_jit_event (void)
4299 struct frame_info
*frame
;
4300 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
4302 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4303 breakpoint_re_set. */
4304 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4306 frame
= get_current_frame ();
4307 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4309 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
4311 target_terminal_inferior ();
4314 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
4316 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
4319 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
4321 struct bpstat_what retval
;
4322 /* We need to defer calling `solib_add', as adding new symbols
4323 resets breakpoints, which in turn deletes breakpoint locations,
4324 and hence may clear unprocessed entries in the BS chain. */
4325 int shlib_event
= 0;
4329 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
4330 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
4331 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
4333 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4335 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
4336 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
4337 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
4340 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4342 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
4343 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
4347 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
4349 if (bptype
== bp_shlib_event
)
4357 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
4360 case bp_shlib_event
:
4364 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
4366 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
4369 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4372 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4373 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4374 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4378 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
4380 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
4384 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4385 This requires no further action. */
4390 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
4391 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp
;
4393 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
4394 case bp_exception_resume
:
4395 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
4396 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
4398 case bp_step_resume
:
4400 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
4403 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4404 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4407 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
4409 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
4412 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4413 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4416 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4417 case bp_thread_event
:
4418 case bp_overlay_event
:
4419 case bp_longjmp_master
:
4420 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
4421 case bp_exception_master
:
4422 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4428 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
4430 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
4434 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4435 This requires no further action. */
4440 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4443 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4444 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4445 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
4446 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
4448 case bp_std_terminate
:
4449 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4450 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4451 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
4452 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
4455 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
4456 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
4457 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
4458 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
4460 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4461 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
4463 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
4464 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
4465 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4467 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
4468 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
4469 PC of the former breakpoint. */
4470 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
4473 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4474 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
4477 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
4480 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
4481 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
4486 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_shlib_event\n");
4488 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed
4489 to be adding them automatically. */
4491 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4492 breakpoint_re_set. */
4493 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4496 SOLIB_ADD (NULL
, 0, ¤t_target
, auto_solib_add
);
4498 solib_add (NULL
, 0, ¤t_target
, auto_solib_add
);
4501 target_terminal_inferior ();
4507 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
4509 handle_jit_event ();
4512 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4514 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4520 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
4521 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
4523 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
4524 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
4532 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
4533 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
4534 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
4537 bpstat_should_step (void)
4539 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4542 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
4548 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
4550 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4559 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
4560 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
4561 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
4564 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
4566 static char wrap_indent
[80];
4567 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
4571 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
4573 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
4575 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
4576 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
4577 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
4582 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
4588 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
4591 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4592 struct bp_location
*loc
)
4594 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
4595 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
4597 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
4601 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
4603 if (b
->display_canonical
)
4604 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->addr_string
);
4605 else if (loc
&& loc
->source_file
)
4608 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
4611 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
4612 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
4613 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
4614 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
4615 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
4616 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
4618 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", loc
->source_file
);
4619 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
4621 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4623 struct symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (loc
->address
, 0);
4624 char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
);
4627 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
4630 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", loc
->line_number
);
4634 struct ui_stream
*stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
4635 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
4637 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
->stream
,
4639 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
4641 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
4644 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
4646 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4650 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
4652 struct ep_type_description
4657 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
4659 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
4660 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
4661 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
4662 {bp_until
, "until"},
4663 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
4664 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
4665 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
4666 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
4667 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
4668 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
4669 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
4670 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
4671 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
4672 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
4673 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
4674 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
4675 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
4676 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
4677 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
4678 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
4679 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
4680 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
4681 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
4682 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
4683 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
4684 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
4685 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
4686 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
4687 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
4688 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
4689 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
4692 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
4693 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
4694 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4695 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
4698 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
4701 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
4704 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4705 struct bp_location
*loc
,
4707 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
4710 struct command_line
*l
;
4711 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
4713 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
4714 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
4715 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
4716 struct value_print_options opts
;
4718 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4720 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
4721 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
4722 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
4725 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
4726 header_of_multiple
= 1;
4734 if (part_of_multiple
)
4737 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
4738 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
4743 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
4748 if (part_of_multiple
)
4749 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
4751 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
4755 if (part_of_multiple
)
4756 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
4758 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
4763 if (part_of_multiple
)
4764 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
4766 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
4767 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
4768 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
4772 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
4774 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
4775 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
4776 make sure there's just one location. */
4777 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
4778 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
4784 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4785 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
4789 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4790 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4791 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4793 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4795 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4796 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4797 is relatively readable). */
4798 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4799 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
4801 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", w
->exp_string
);
4806 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
4810 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
4812 case bp_exception_resume
:
4813 case bp_step_resume
:
4814 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
4815 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4817 case bp_std_terminate
:
4818 case bp_shlib_event
:
4819 case bp_thread_event
:
4820 case bp_overlay_event
:
4821 case bp_longjmp_master
:
4822 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
4823 case bp_exception_master
:
4825 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
4826 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
4828 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
4829 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
4830 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4833 if (header_of_multiple
)
4834 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
4835 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
4836 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
4838 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
4839 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
4842 if (!header_of_multiple
)
4843 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
4850 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
4853 && !header_of_multiple
4855 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
4856 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
4857 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
4858 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
4859 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
4860 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
)))
4862 struct inferior
*inf
;
4865 for (inf
= inferior_list
; inf
!= NULL
; inf
= inf
->next
)
4867 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
4872 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
4875 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
4876 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
->num
));
4881 if (!part_of_multiple
)
4883 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
4885 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
4886 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
4887 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
4888 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
4890 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
4892 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
4893 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
4897 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4899 if (!part_of_multiple
)
4900 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
4902 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
4905 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
4906 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
4908 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
4909 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
4910 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4913 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
4916 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
4917 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
4919 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
4920 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
4921 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4924 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
4926 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
4927 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
4928 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
4929 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4932 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
)
4934 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
4935 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b
))
4936 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
4937 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
4938 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttracepoint");
4940 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
4941 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
4942 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
4943 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
4944 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
4946 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
4949 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi.
4950 FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
4951 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4952 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
== 0)
4953 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
4955 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
4958 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
4959 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
4960 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
4963 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
4965 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
4967 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
4969 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
4970 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
4971 ui_out_text (uiout
, " bytes\n");
4975 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
4976 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
4978 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
4981 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
4982 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
4983 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
4986 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
4988 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
4990 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
4992 annotate_field (10);
4993 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
4994 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", t
->pass_count
);
4995 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
4999 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
5001 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5003 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5005 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", w
->exp_string
);
5007 else if (b
->addr_string
)
5008 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
5013 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5014 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
5017 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
5018 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5020 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
5022 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
5023 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
5025 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
5026 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
5027 locations, if any. */
5028 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
5030 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
5031 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
5032 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
5035 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
5036 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
5038 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
5039 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
5041 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5044 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
5046 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
5047 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
5048 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
5049 do_cleanups (inner2
);
5056 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5058 int print_address_bits
= 0;
5059 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5061 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
5065 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
5066 an address to print. */
5067 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
5070 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
5071 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
5072 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
5075 return print_address_bits
;
5078 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
5084 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
5086 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
5087 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5088 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
5092 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
5094 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
5102 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
5103 char **error_message
)
5105 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
5108 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
5110 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
5111 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
5117 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
5118 internal or momentary. */
5121 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5123 return b
->number
> 0;
5126 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
5127 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
5128 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
5129 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
5130 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
5131 breakpoints listed. */
5134 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
5135 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
5137 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5138 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
5139 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
5140 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
5141 struct value_print_options opts
;
5142 int print_address_bits
= 0;
5143 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
5144 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5146 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5148 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
5149 required for address fields. */
5150 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
5153 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5154 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
5157 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5158 accept. Skip the others. */
5159 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
5161 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
5163 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
5167 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
5169 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
5171 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
5172 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
5173 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
5175 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
5176 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
5177 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
5179 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
5183 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5185 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
5186 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
5190 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
5191 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
5194 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5195 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
5196 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5198 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
5199 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5201 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
5202 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
5203 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5205 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
5206 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5208 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
5209 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5211 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5213 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
5214 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
5215 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5217 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
5218 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5220 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5222 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
5223 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
5224 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5225 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
5230 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5231 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
5234 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5235 accept. Skip the others. */
5237 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
5239 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
5241 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
5244 else /* all others */
5246 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
5250 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
5252 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
5253 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
5256 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
5258 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
5260 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
5264 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
5265 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
5267 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
5268 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
5274 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
5275 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
5278 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
5279 there have been breakpoints? */
5280 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
5282 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
5285 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
5286 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
5289 default_collect_info (void)
5291 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5293 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
5294 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
5296 if (!*default_collect
)
5299 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
5301 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
5302 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
5303 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
5307 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
5309 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
5311 default_collect_info ();
5315 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
5317 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
5318 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5320 if (num_printed
== 0)
5322 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
5323 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
5325 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
5330 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
5332 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
5334 default_collect_info ();
5338 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5339 struct program_space
*pspace
,
5340 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
5342 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
5344 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5346 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
5347 && bl
->address
== pc
5348 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
5354 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
5355 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
5359 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5360 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
5361 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
5364 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5367 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
5368 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
5372 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
5373 else /* if (others == ???) */
5374 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
5376 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
5379 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
5380 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
5381 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
5382 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
5383 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
5384 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
5385 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
5386 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
5388 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
5392 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
5394 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
5395 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
5396 printf_filtered (".\n");
5401 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
5402 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
5403 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
5404 (or use it for any other purpose either).
5406 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
5407 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
5408 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
5409 breakpoint at address zero:
5417 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
5419 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
5421 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
5424 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
5425 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
5428 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
5429 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
5431 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
5432 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
5434 /* Both of them must exist. */
5435 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
5436 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
5438 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
5439 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
5440 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
5441 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
5442 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
5443 other watchpoint. */
5445 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
5447 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
5450 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
5452 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
5456 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
5457 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
5458 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
5459 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
5460 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
5461 become hw_access locations later. */
5462 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
5463 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
5464 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
5465 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
5468 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
5469 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
5470 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
5471 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5474 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
5475 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
5477 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
5478 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
5482 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
5483 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
5484 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
5485 space doesn't really matter. */
5488 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
5489 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
5492 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
5493 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
5494 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
5497 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
5498 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
5499 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
5500 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5503 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
5504 struct address_space
*aspace
,
5507 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
5510 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
5511 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
5515 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
5516 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
5517 true, otherwise returns false. */
5520 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
5521 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
5523 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
5524 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
5525 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
5526 different locations. */
5527 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
5532 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
5533 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
5534 represent the same location. */
5537 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
5538 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
5540 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
5542 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
5543 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
5544 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
5546 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
5547 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
5549 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
5552 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
5553 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
5554 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
5556 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
5557 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
5558 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
5559 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
5563 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
5564 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
5566 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
5567 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
5571 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
5572 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
5574 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
5575 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
5577 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
5580 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
5581 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
5582 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
5583 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
5586 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5587 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
5589 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
5591 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
5594 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
5595 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5596 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
5597 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
5598 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
5600 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
5601 have their addresses modified. */
5606 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
5608 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
5609 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
5610 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
5612 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
5613 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
5615 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
5616 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
5618 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
5623 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
5624 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
5626 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
5628 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
5633 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
5636 switch (owner
->type
)
5642 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5644 case bp_exception_resume
:
5645 case bp_step_resume
:
5646 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5647 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5649 case bp_std_terminate
:
5650 case bp_shlib_event
:
5651 case bp_thread_event
:
5652 case bp_overlay_event
:
5654 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5655 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5656 case bp_exception_master
:
5657 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5658 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5659 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
5661 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5662 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
5664 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5665 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5666 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5667 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
5672 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5673 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5674 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
5677 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
5683 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
5685 static struct bp_location
*
5686 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
5688 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
5692 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5694 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
5698 /* Increment reference count. */
5701 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5706 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
5707 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
5710 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
5712 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
5714 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
5715 free_bp_location (*blp
);
5719 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
5722 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5724 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
5726 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
5727 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
5729 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
5731 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
5740 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
5743 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5744 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5746 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5748 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
5750 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
5754 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
5755 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
5756 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
5758 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5761 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
5763 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
5764 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
5765 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
5766 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
5769 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
5770 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
5772 static struct breakpoint
*
5773 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5775 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5777 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
5779 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
5780 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
5784 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
5785 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
5789 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
5791 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
5793 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
5794 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
5795 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
5799 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &loc
->function_name
,
5800 NULL
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
5802 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
5804 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
5806 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
5807 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (loc
->function_name
,
5808 &loc
->requested_address
))
5810 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
5811 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
5812 loc
->requested_address
,
5815 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
5816 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
5818 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
5819 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
5820 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
5824 if (loc
->function_name
)
5825 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (loc
->function_name
);
5829 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
5831 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
5834 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
5836 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
5841 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
5842 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
5843 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
5845 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5846 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5847 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
5850 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5851 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
5852 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5854 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
5856 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
5858 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
5859 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
5861 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
5862 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
5864 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5865 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
5867 breakpoints_changed ();
5870 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
5871 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
5872 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
5873 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
5874 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
5875 is also returned as the value of this function.
5877 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5878 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5879 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
5880 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
5881 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
5882 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
5883 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
5886 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5887 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
5888 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5890 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
5892 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
5893 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
5898 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
5899 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
5901 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5903 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5905 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
5907 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
5908 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
5909 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
5910 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
5911 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
5912 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5916 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
5917 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
5918 initiated the operation. */
5921 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
5923 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
5924 int thread
= tp
->num
;
5926 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
5927 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
5928 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
5929 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
5930 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
5931 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
5932 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
5933 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
5935 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
5936 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
5938 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
5939 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
5940 clone
->thread
= thread
;
5943 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
5946 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
5948 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
5950 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
5952 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
5953 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
5955 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
5956 delete_breakpoint (b
);
5961 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5963 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5966 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
5968 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5969 update_global_location_list (1);
5970 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
5975 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5977 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5980 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
5982 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5983 update_global_location_list (0);
5984 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
5988 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
5989 master breakpoint. */
5991 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
5993 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
5995 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
5996 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
5997 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
5999 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
6000 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
6004 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
6006 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
6008 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6010 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6011 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
6012 delete_breakpoint (b
);
6016 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
6018 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6020 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
6021 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
6023 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6024 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
6026 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
6028 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6034 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
6036 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6038 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6039 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
6040 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
6041 delete_breakpoint (b
);
6044 struct lang_and_radix
6050 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
6053 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
6055 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6057 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
6058 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
6059 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6063 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
6066 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
6068 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6070 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6071 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
6072 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
6073 delete_breakpoint (b
);
6077 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
6079 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6081 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6082 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
6083 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
6084 delete_breakpoint (b
);
6088 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
6090 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6092 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
6093 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
6094 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6098 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
6099 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
6102 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
6104 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
6106 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
6108 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6109 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
6111 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
6112 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
6113 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
6114 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
6115 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
6116 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
6117 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
6118 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6119 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
6120 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
6121 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
6123 && PC_SOLIB (loc
->address
)
6125 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
6129 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
6134 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
6135 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
6139 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
6141 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
6142 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
6144 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
6145 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
6146 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
6147 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
6148 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
6149 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
6152 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
6154 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6155 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
6157 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
6158 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
6159 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6160 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
6161 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6162 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
6163 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
6164 || is_tracepoint (b
))
6165 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
6167 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
6168 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
6169 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
6170 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
6173 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
6174 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
6176 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
6178 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
6179 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
6180 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
6183 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
6188 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
6190 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
6191 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
6192 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
6193 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6194 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6196 struct fork_catchpoint
6198 /* The base class. */
6199 struct breakpoint base
;
6201 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
6202 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
6203 catchpoint has triggered. */
6204 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
6207 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6211 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6213 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6216 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6220 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6222 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6225 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6229 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
6230 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
6231 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
6233 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
6235 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
6238 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
6242 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6245 static enum print_stop_action
6246 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
6248 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6249 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
6250 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
6252 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
6253 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
6254 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6256 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
6257 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6259 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
6260 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
6261 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6263 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
6264 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (forked process ");
6265 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
6266 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
6267 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
6270 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6274 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
6276 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
6277 struct value_print_options opts
;
6278 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6280 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6282 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6283 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6285 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6286 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6288 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
6289 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
6291 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
6292 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
6293 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
6294 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
6298 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6302 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6304 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
6307 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6311 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
6313 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
6314 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
6317 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
6319 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
6321 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6325 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6327 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6330 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6334 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6336 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6339 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6343 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
6344 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
6345 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
6347 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
6349 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
6352 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
6356 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6359 static enum print_stop_action
6360 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
6362 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6363 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
6364 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
6366 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
6367 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
6368 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6370 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
6371 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6373 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
6374 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
6375 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6377 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
6378 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (vforked process ");
6379 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
6380 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
6381 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
6384 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6388 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
6390 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
6391 struct value_print_options opts
;
6392 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6394 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6395 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6396 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6398 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6399 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6401 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
6402 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
6404 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
6405 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
6406 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
6407 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
6411 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6415 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6417 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
6420 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6424 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
6426 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
6427 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
6430 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
6432 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
6434 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
6435 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
6436 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
6437 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6438 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6440 struct syscall_catchpoint
6442 /* The base class. */
6443 struct breakpoint base
;
6445 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
6446 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
6447 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
6448 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
6449 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught
;
6452 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6456 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6458 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
6460 VEC_free (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
6462 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
6465 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6469 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6471 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
6472 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
6474 ++inf
->total_syscalls_count
;
6475 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6476 ++inf
->any_syscall_count
;
6482 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6487 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
))
6489 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
);
6490 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
6491 = old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
6493 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
6494 vec_addr
= (uintptr_t) VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
) +
6496 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
6497 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
6499 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
6500 VEC_replace (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
6504 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
6505 inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
6506 inf
->any_syscall_count
,
6507 VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
),
6508 VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
));
6511 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6515 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6517 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
6518 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
6520 --inf
->total_syscalls_count
;
6521 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6522 --inf
->any_syscall_count
;
6528 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6532 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
))
6533 /* Shouldn't happen. */
6535 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
6536 VEC_replace (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
6540 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
6541 inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
6542 inf
->any_syscall_count
,
6543 VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
),
6545 inf
->syscalls_counts
));
6548 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6552 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
6553 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
6554 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
6556 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
6557 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
6558 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
6559 int syscall_number
= 0;
6560 const struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
6561 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
6563 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6564 && ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
6567 syscall_number
= ws
->value
.syscall_number
;
6569 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
6570 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6575 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6577 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
6587 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6590 static enum print_stop_action
6591 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs
)
6593 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6594 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
6595 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
6596 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6597 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
6598 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
6600 struct target_waitstatus last
;
6604 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
6606 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
6608 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
6610 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
6611 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6613 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
6614 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6616 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
6617 async_reason_lookup (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6618 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6619 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN
));
6620 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6622 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
6624 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
6625 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (call to syscall ");
6627 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (returned from syscall ");
6629 if (s
.name
== NULL
|| ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6630 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "syscall-number", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
6632 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "syscall-name", s
.name
);
6634 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
6636 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
6639 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6643 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6644 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
6646 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
6647 struct value_print_options opts
;
6648 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6650 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6651 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6652 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6654 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6655 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6658 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
6659 && VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
6660 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
6662 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
6664 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6667 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
6670 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6675 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
6678 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
6680 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
6682 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
6683 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
6687 /* Remove the last comma. */
6688 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
6689 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
6692 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
6693 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
6696 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6700 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6702 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
6704 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6708 if (VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
6709 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
6711 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
6714 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6718 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
6721 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
6723 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
6725 printf_filtered (")");
6728 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
6732 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6736 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
6738 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
6740 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch syscall");
6742 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6747 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6752 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
6754 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", s
.name
);
6756 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %d", s
.number
);
6759 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
6762 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
6764 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
6766 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
6769 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6771 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
6774 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
6775 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
6776 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
6777 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
6780 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6781 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
6783 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6785 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
6788 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
6790 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
6792 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
6793 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
6797 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
6799 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
6800 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
6803 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
6806 update_global_location_list (1);
6810 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6811 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
6812 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6814 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint
);
6816 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
6818 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
6820 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
6823 /* Exec catchpoints. */
6825 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
6826 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
6827 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
6828 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6829 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6831 struct exec_catchpoint
6833 /* The base class. */
6834 struct breakpoint base
;
6836 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
6837 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
6839 char *exec_pathname
;
6842 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
6846 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6848 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
6850 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
6852 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
6856 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6858 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6862 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6864 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6868 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
6869 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
6870 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
6872 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
6874 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
6877 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
6881 static enum print_stop_action
6882 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
6884 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6885 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
6886 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
6888 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
6889 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
6890 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6892 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
6893 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6895 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
6896 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
6897 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6899 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
6900 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (exec'd ");
6901 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
6902 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
6904 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
6908 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
6910 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
6911 struct value_print_options opts
;
6912 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6914 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6916 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6917 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6918 is relatively readable). */
6919 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6920 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6922 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
6923 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
6925 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
6926 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", c
->exec_pathname
);
6927 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
6932 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6934 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
6937 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
6941 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
6943 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
6944 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
6947 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
6950 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
6951 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6953 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
;
6954 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
6956 c
= XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint
);
6957 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
6958 c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
6960 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
6964 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
6967 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6968 struct bp_location
*bl
;
6972 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
6973 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6975 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
6977 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
6984 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
6988 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6991 struct bp_location
*bl
;
6993 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
6996 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6998 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
7000 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
7006 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
7007 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
7008 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
7009 types _not_ TYPE. */
7012 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
7013 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
7016 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7018 *other_type_used
= 0;
7023 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
7026 if (b
->type
== type
)
7027 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
7028 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
7029 *other_type_used
= 1;
7036 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
7038 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7042 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
7044 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
7045 update_global_location_list (0);
7051 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
7053 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7057 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
7059 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7060 update_global_location_list (1);
7066 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
7068 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
7069 update_global_location_list (0);
7073 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
7075 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
7076 breakpoint_re_set ();
7080 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
7081 at address specified by SAL.
7082 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
7085 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
7086 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
7088 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7090 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
7092 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id
));
7094 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
7095 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7096 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
7097 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
7099 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
7100 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
7102 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
7103 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7105 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7110 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
7111 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
7114 static struct breakpoint
*
7115 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
7117 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7119 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
7121 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
7122 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
7123 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
7125 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
7126 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
7127 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
7128 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
7129 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
7131 if (orig
->loc
->source_file
!= NULL
)
7132 copy
->loc
->source_file
= xstrdup (orig
->loc
->source_file
);
7134 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
7135 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
7136 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
7137 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
7139 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7140 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
7141 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
7143 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
7147 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
7151 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
7153 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
7157 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
);
7161 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
7164 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7166 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
7168 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
7169 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
7171 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
7175 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
7178 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7180 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
7181 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
7183 printf_filtered ("\n");
7187 static struct bp_location
*
7188 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7189 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
7191 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
7192 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
7193 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
7195 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
7196 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
7198 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
7199 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
7200 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
7201 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
7202 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
7203 location that's only been partially initialized. */
7204 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
7207 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
7208 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
7212 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
7213 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
7214 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
7215 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
7216 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
7217 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
7219 if (sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
7220 loc
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal
->symtab
->filename
);
7221 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
7223 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
7224 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
7229 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
7230 return 0 otherwise. */
7233 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7237 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
7238 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
7239 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
7242 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
7244 addr
= loc
->address
;
7245 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
7247 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
7251 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
7253 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
7254 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
7255 breakpoints they are permanent. */
7256 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
7258 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
7259 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
7261 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
7262 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
7265 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
7272 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
7273 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
7274 as condition expression. */
7277 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7278 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
7279 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
7280 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
7281 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
7282 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
7283 int enabled
, int internal
, int display_canonical
)
7287 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7289 int target_resources_ok
;
7291 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
7292 target_resources_ok
=
7293 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
7295 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
7296 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
7297 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
7298 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
7301 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
7303 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
7305 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
7306 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7310 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
7312 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7314 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
7315 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
7320 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
7324 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
7325 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
7326 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
7327 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
7329 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
7331 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
7332 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
7334 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
7336 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
7337 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
7338 char *p
= &addr_string
[3];
7342 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
7344 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
7346 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
7347 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
7349 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7351 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
7353 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
7355 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
7356 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
7358 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7360 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
7363 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
7364 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
7371 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7374 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
7375 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
7379 char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
7380 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
7382 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg
);
7386 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
7388 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
7390 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
7393 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
7398 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7399 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
7400 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
7401 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
7402 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
7403 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
7404 int enabled
, int internal
, int display_canonical
)
7406 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7407 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7409 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
7411 struct tracepoint
*t
;
7413 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
7417 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7419 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
7421 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
7423 filter
, cond_string
,
7425 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
7427 enabled
, internal
, display_canonical
);
7428 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
7430 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
7433 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
7434 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
7435 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
7436 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
7437 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
7438 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
7439 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
7440 we take just a single condition string.
7442 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
7443 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
7444 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
7445 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
7446 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
7449 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7450 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
7452 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
7453 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
7454 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
7455 int enabled
, int internal
)
7458 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
7460 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
7461 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
7463 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
7465 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
7466 'break', without arguments. */
7467 char *addr_string
= (canonical
->addr_string
7468 ? xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
)
7470 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
7471 struct cleanup
*inner
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
7473 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
7474 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
7477 cond_string
, type
, disposition
,
7478 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
7479 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
,
7480 canonical
->special_display
);
7481 discard_cleanups (inner
);
7485 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
7486 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
7487 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
7488 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
7490 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
7491 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
7494 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
7495 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
7497 char *addr_start
= *address
;
7499 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
7501 if ((*address
) == NULL
7502 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
7504 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
7506 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
7508 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
7509 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7511 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
7512 lsal
.sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
7513 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
7515 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
7516 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. */
7517 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
7518 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
7520 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
7521 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
7522 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
7523 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
7524 instances with the same symtab and line. */
7525 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
7527 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
7528 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
7529 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
7531 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
7534 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
7538 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
7539 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
7540 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
7541 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone. */
7542 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
7543 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
7544 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
7545 get_last_displayed_line (),
7546 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
7548 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
7549 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
7550 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
7555 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
7556 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
7559 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
7563 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
7564 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
7567 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
7568 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
7569 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
7570 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
7571 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
7575 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7576 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
7579 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
7581 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7583 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
7585 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
7587 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
7589 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
7590 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
7591 associated with SAL. */
7594 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
,
7596 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
7599 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
7600 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
7602 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7606 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
7607 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
7608 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
7609 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
7610 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
7611 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
7613 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
7614 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
)
7616 *cond_string
= NULL
;
7622 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
7623 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
7625 tok
= skip_spaces (tok
);
7627 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
7629 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
7631 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
7633 struct expression
*expr
;
7635 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
7636 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
7639 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
,
7640 cond_end
- cond_start
);
7642 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
7648 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
7650 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
7651 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
7652 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread
);
7654 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
7660 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
7662 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
7663 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
7664 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
7667 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7671 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
7673 static struct symtabs_and_lines
7674 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p
)
7676 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
7677 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
7678 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7680 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7681 char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
7686 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
7688 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
7690 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
7691 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
7693 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
7694 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
7695 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
7697 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
7698 sals
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof *sals
.sals
* sals
.nelts
);
7700 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
7702 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
7704 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
7706 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
7708 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
7709 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
7711 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
7714 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7720 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
7721 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
7722 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
7723 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
7724 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
7725 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
7726 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
7727 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
7728 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
7732 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7733 char *arg
, char *cond_string
, int thread
,
7734 int parse_condition_and_thread
,
7735 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
7737 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
7738 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
7739 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
)
7741 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
7742 char *copy_arg
= NULL
;
7743 char *addr_start
= arg
;
7744 struct linespec_result canonical
;
7745 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7746 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
7750 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
7752 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7754 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
7756 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
7758 ops
->create_sals_from_address (&arg
, &canonical
, type_wanted
,
7759 addr_start
, ©_arg
);
7762 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
7766 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
7772 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
7774 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
7777 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
7778 throw_exception (e
);
7780 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
7782 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
7783 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
7784 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
7785 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
7786 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
7789 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
7790 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
7791 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
7792 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
7794 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
7796 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
7797 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (copy_arg
);
7798 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
7799 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
7800 init_sal (&lsal
.sals
.sals
[0]);
7802 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, &lsal
);
7806 throw_exception (e
);
7810 throw_exception (e
);
7813 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
7814 old_chain
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
7816 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
7817 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
7818 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
7819 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
7820 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
7822 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
7823 are ok for the target. */
7827 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
7829 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
7830 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
7833 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
7834 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
7837 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
7839 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
7840 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
7843 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
7844 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
7848 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
7850 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
7852 if (parse_condition_and_thread
)
7854 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
7855 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
7856 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
7857 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
7860 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
7863 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
7867 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
7870 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
7871 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
7875 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
, lsal
,
7876 cond_string
, type_wanted
,
7877 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
7878 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
7879 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
);
7883 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7885 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
7887 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
7889 struct tracepoint
*t
;
7891 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
7895 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7897 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
7899 b
->addr_string
= copy_arg
;
7900 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
7901 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
7902 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
7903 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
7904 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
7905 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
7906 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
7907 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
7909 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
7912 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
7914 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
7915 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
7916 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
7919 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
7921 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
7922 /* But cleanup everything else. */
7923 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7925 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
7926 update_global_location_list (1);
7931 /* Set a breakpoint.
7932 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
7933 condition, and thread.
7934 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
7935 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
7939 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
7941 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
7942 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
7943 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
7946 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
7948 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
7949 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
7950 0 /* Ignore count */,
7951 pending_break_support
,
7952 &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
,
7958 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
7961 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
7965 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
7967 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
7968 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
7969 sal
->line
, sal
->symtab
->filename
);
7972 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
7973 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
7974 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
7975 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
7978 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
7980 struct blockvector
*bv
;
7984 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
7987 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
7990 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
7991 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym
);
7995 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
7996 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
7997 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
7998 happen in assembly source). */
8000 struct minimal_symbol
*msym
;
8001 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
8003 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
8005 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
8007 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
);
8009 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
8016 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8018 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
8022 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8024 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
8028 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8030 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
8034 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8036 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
8040 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8042 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
8043 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
8044 stop at <line>\n"));
8048 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8052 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
8054 else if (*arg
!= '*')
8059 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
8060 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
8061 function/method name. */
8062 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
8064 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
8069 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
8071 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
8075 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
8077 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
8081 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8085 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
8092 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
8093 it is probably a line number. */
8094 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
8096 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
8101 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
8103 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
8107 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
8109 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
8112 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
8113 ranged breakpoints. */
8116 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8117 struct address_space
*aspace
,
8119 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8121 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
8122 || ws
->value
.sig
!= TARGET_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
8125 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
8126 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
8129 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8130 ranged breakpoints. */
8133 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
8135 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8138 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
8139 ranged breakpoints. */
8141 static enum print_stop_action
8142 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
8144 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8145 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
8146 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8148 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
8150 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8151 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
8153 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
8154 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8155 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
8157 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
8158 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8160 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8161 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
8162 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8164 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8165 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
8167 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8170 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
8171 ranged breakpoints. */
8174 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8175 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8177 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
8178 struct value_print_options opts
;
8179 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8181 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8182 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
8184 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8186 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8187 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
8188 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
8189 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8191 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
8195 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
8196 ranged breakpoints. */
8199 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
8200 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
8202 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
8203 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
8204 struct ui_stream
*stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
8205 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
8209 address_start
= bl
->address
;
8210 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
8212 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
8213 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
->stream
, "[%s, %s]",
8214 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
8215 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
8216 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
8217 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8219 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
8222 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
8223 ranged breakpoints. */
8226 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8228 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
8229 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8232 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
8234 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8237 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
8238 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
8239 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
8242 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8243 ranged breakpoints. */
8246 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8248 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s", b
->addr_string
,
8249 b
->addr_string_range_end
);
8250 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8253 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
8255 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
8257 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
8258 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
8259 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
8260 last instruction of the given line. */
8263 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
8267 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
8268 find the address of the end of the given location. */
8269 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
8276 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
8278 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8280 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
8287 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
8290 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8292 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
8293 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
8294 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
8296 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8297 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
8298 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
8299 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
8301 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
8302 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
8303 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
8305 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8306 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8307 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
8310 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8312 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8313 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
8314 error(_("No address range specified."));
8316 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
8319 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &canonical_start
);
8321 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
8324 error (_("Too few arguments."));
8325 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
8326 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
8328 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
8330 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
8331 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
8332 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8334 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
8335 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
8336 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
8338 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
8339 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8341 /* Parse the end location. */
8343 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
8346 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
8347 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
8348 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
8349 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
8350 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
8351 decode_line_full (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
8352 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
8353 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
8355 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
8357 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
8358 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8360 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
8361 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
8362 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
8363 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8365 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
8366 addr_string_end
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
8367 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_end
);
8369 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
8370 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
8371 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
8373 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
8375 /* Length overflowed. */
8376 error (_("Address range too large."));
8377 else if (length
== 1)
8379 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
8380 the `hbreak' command. */
8381 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
8383 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
8388 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
8389 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
8390 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
8391 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
8392 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
8393 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8394 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (addr_string_start
);
8395 b
->addr_string_range_end
= xstrdup (addr_string_end
);
8396 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
8398 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
8401 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8402 update_global_location_list (1);
8405 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
8406 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
8407 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
8410 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
8418 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
8419 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
8422 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
8432 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
8433 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
8434 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
8435 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
8436 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
8438 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
8454 case TERNOP_SLICE_COUNT
:
8466 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
8469 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
8470 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
8473 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
8474 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
8475 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
8476 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
8478 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
8479 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
8484 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
8486 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
8487 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
8488 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
8489 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
8491 We also have to check for function symbols because they
8492 are always constant. */
8494 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
8496 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
8497 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
8498 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
8503 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
8504 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
8505 then it is not a constant. */
8514 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
8517 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
8519 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
8521 xfree (w
->cond_exp
);
8523 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
8524 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
8525 value_free (w
->val
);
8527 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
8530 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
8533 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8535 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
8537 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
8538 variables, or it can be on local variables.
8540 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
8541 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
8542 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
8543 are loaded and unloaded.
8545 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
8546 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
8547 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
8548 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
8549 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
8550 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
8552 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
8553 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
8554 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
8555 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
8557 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
8558 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
8560 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
8561 reevaluated again when enabled. */
8562 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
8565 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8568 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8570 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8571 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
8573 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
8577 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8580 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8582 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8583 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
8585 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
8590 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8591 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8592 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8594 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
8595 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
8597 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
8598 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
8599 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
8600 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
8601 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
8602 (did not match the data address). */
8603 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
8604 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
8611 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
8613 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
8615 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
8618 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8619 hardware watchpoints. */
8622 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
8624 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8625 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
8627 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
8630 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
8631 hardware watchpoints. */
8634 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
8636 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
8637 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
8640 static enum print_stop_action
8641 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
8643 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
8644 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8645 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
8646 struct ui_stream
*stb
;
8647 enum print_stop_action result
;
8648 struct watchpoint
*w
;
8649 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8651 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
8653 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
8654 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8655 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
8657 stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
8658 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
8663 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
8664 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
8665 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8668 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
8670 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
8671 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
8672 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
->stream
);
8673 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
8674 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
8675 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
->stream
);
8676 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
8677 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8678 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
8679 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
8682 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
8683 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8686 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
8688 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
8689 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
8690 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
->stream
);
8691 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
8692 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8693 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
8696 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
8697 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
8699 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
8700 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8703 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
8705 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
8706 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
8707 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
->stream
);
8708 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
8709 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
8714 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8717 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
8718 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
8719 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
8721 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
->stream
);
8722 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
8723 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8724 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
8727 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
8730 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
8734 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
8738 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8740 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
8741 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
8742 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8747 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
8748 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
8750 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
8751 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
8752 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
8754 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
8755 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
8756 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
8758 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
8759 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
8760 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
8763 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8764 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8767 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
8768 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
8769 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
8770 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
8773 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8777 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8779 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
8784 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
8785 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
8787 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
8788 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
8790 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
8791 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
8794 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8795 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
8798 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
8799 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8802 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
8804 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
8806 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
8807 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8810 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8812 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8814 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
8815 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
8818 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
8819 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8822 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8824 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8826 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
8827 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
8830 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8831 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8834 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
8836 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8838 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
8841 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
8842 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8845 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
8850 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
8851 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8853 static enum print_stop_action
8854 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
8856 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8857 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8859 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
8860 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
8864 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
8865 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
8866 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8869 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
8872 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
8873 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8876 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
8879 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
8880 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8883 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
8886 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8887 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8891 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
8892 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
8893 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
8894 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8896 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
8897 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
8900 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
8901 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8904 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
8905 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
8907 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
8909 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
8910 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
8912 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
8913 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
8914 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8917 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
8918 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8921 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8923 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
8924 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8925 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
8929 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
8930 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
8931 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
8933 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
8934 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
8935 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
8937 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
8938 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
8939 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
8942 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8943 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8946 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
8947 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
8948 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
8949 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
8952 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8953 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8956 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8958 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
8963 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
8964 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
8966 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
8967 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
8969 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
8970 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
8973 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8974 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8977 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
8978 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
8979 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8982 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
8984 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
8986 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
8989 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
8991 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
8994 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
8995 hw_read: watch read,
8996 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
8998 watch_command_1 (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
8999 int just_location
, int internal
)
9001 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
9002 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
9003 struct expression
*exp
;
9004 struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
9005 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
9006 struct frame_info
*frame
;
9007 char *exp_start
= NULL
;
9008 char *exp_end
= NULL
;
9009 char *tok
, *end_tok
;
9011 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9012 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9013 enum bptype bp_type
;
9016 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
9017 the hardware watchpoint. */
9020 struct watchpoint
*w
;
9022 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
9023 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
9027 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
9028 of the arguments string. */
9029 for (tok
= arg
+ strlen (arg
) - 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
9031 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
9032 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
9035 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
9036 This is the value of the parameter. */
9037 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
9039 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
9041 /* Skip whitespace. */
9042 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
9047 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
9048 This is the parameter itself. */
9049 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
9052 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
9054 if (toklen
== 6 && !strncmp (tok
, "thread", 6))
9056 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
9057 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
9058 only in a specific thread. */
9062 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
9064 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
9065 thread
= strtol (value_start
, &endp
, 0);
9067 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
9069 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
9070 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start
);
9072 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
9073 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
9074 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread
);
9076 else if (toklen
== 4 && !strncmp (tok
, "mask", 4))
9078 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
9079 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
9081 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
9084 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
9086 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
9088 mark
= value_mark ();
9089 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
9090 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
9091 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
9094 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
9097 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
9098 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
9103 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
9104 innermost_block
= NULL
;
9106 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0);
9108 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
9109 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
9111 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
9114 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
9115 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
9119 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
9120 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
9122 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
9125 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
9126 mark
= value_mark ();
9127 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
);
9133 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
9134 val
= value_addr (result
);
9135 release_value (val
);
9136 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
9140 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
9143 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
9145 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
9148 else if (val
!= NULL
)
9149 release_value (val
);
9151 tok
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9152 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
9154 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9155 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9157 struct expression
*cond
;
9159 innermost_block
= NULL
;
9160 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9161 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0);
9163 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
9164 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
9165 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
9171 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
9173 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
9174 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
9175 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
9176 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
9178 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
9180 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
9182 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
9183 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
9184 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
9185 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
9186 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
9188 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
9191 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
9192 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
9193 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
9194 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
9196 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9198 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
9199 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
9201 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
9202 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
9204 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
9205 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
9206 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
9207 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
9208 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
9209 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
9210 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
9211 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
9212 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
9216 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9218 w
= XCNEW (struct watchpoint
);
9221 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
9222 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
9224 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
9225 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
9227 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9228 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9230 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
9231 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
9234 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
9235 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
9238 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
9239 name
= type_to_string (t
);
9241 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
9242 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
9245 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
9246 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
9248 /* The above expression is in C. */
9249 b
->language
= language_c
;
9252 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
9256 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
9265 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9271 w
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
9272 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
9276 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
9277 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
9280 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
9282 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
9283 need to act on them together. */
9284 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
9285 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
9289 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
9291 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9293 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
9294 that should be inserted. */
9295 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
9299 delete_breakpoint (b
);
9300 throw_exception (e
);
9303 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
9306 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
9307 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
9310 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
9312 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
9313 struct value
*head
= v
;
9315 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
9316 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
9319 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
9320 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
9321 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
9322 hardware watchpoint.
9324 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
9325 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
9326 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
9327 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
9328 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
9329 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
9330 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
9331 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
9332 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
9334 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
9335 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
9336 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
9337 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
9338 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
9340 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
9342 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
9343 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
9344 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
9345 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
9346 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
9347 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
9351 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
9352 it with hardware watchpoints. */
9353 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
9355 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
9356 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
9357 middle of some value chain. */
9359 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
9360 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
9362 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
9366 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
9367 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
9368 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
9370 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
9374 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
9378 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
9379 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
9380 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
9381 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
9382 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
9385 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
9386 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
9387 return found_memory_cnt
;
9391 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
9393 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
9396 /* A helper function that looks for an argument at the start of a
9397 string. The argument must also either be at the end of the string,
9398 or be followed by whitespace. Returns 1 if it finds the argument,
9399 0 otherwise. If the argument is found, it updates *STR. */
9402 check_for_argument (char **str
, char *arg
, int arg_len
)
9404 if (strncmp (*str
, arg
, arg_len
) == 0
9405 && ((*str
)[arg_len
] == '\0' || isspace ((*str
)[arg_len
])))
9413 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
9414 calls watch_command_1. */
9417 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
9419 int just_location
= 0;
9422 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
9423 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
9425 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9429 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
9433 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9435 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
9439 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
9441 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
9445 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9447 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
9451 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
9453 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
9457 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9459 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
9463 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
9464 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
9466 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
9468 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
9469 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
9473 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
9474 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
9475 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
9478 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
, int err
)
9480 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
9482 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
9484 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
9485 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a
->thread_num
);
9489 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
9491 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9492 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9493 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
9494 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
9495 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
9496 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9498 struct thread_info
*tp
;
9500 clear_proceed_status ();
9502 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
9505 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9506 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9507 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9508 get_last_displayed_line ());
9510 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9511 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
9513 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
9514 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
9517 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
9520 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9522 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
9525 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
9526 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
9527 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame
), sal
,
9528 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
9530 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
9531 only at the very same frame. */
9532 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame
), sal
,
9533 get_stack_frame_id (frame
),
9536 old_chain
= make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
9538 tp
= inferior_thread ();
9541 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
9544 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
9546 sal
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
9547 sal
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
9548 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
9550 frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
),
9552 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
9554 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
));
9555 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
9558 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
9560 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
9561 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
9562 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
9563 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
9565 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
9567 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
9568 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
9570 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
9571 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
9572 args
->thread_num
= thread
;
9574 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9575 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
9576 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
9580 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9583 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
9584 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
9586 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
9587 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
9588 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
9589 if clause in the arg string. */
9592 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
9596 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
9599 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
9602 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
9603 condition string. */
9604 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
9607 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
9609 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
9614 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
9615 process start/exit, etc. */
9619 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
9620 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
9625 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
9626 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
9628 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
9629 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
9630 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
9633 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
9634 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
9635 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
9639 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9641 /* The allowed syntax is:
9643 catch [v]fork if <cond>
9645 First, check if there's an if clause. */
9646 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
9648 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
9649 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9651 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
9652 and enable reporting of such events. */
9655 case catch_fork_temporary
:
9656 case catch_fork_permanent
:
9657 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
9658 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
9660 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
9661 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
9662 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
9663 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
9666 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
9672 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
9673 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
9675 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
9676 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
9678 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
9680 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
9684 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9686 /* The allowed syntax is:
9688 catch exec if <cond>
9690 First, check if there's an if clause. */
9691 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
9693 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
9694 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9696 c
= XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint
);
9697 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
9698 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
9699 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
9701 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
9704 static enum print_stop_action
9705 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs
)
9707 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9708 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9709 int bp_temp
, bp_throw
;
9711 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
9713 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
9714 if (b
->loc
->address
!= b
->loc
->requested_address
)
9715 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b
->loc
->requested_address
,
9718 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
9720 bp_temp
? "Temporary catchpoint "
9722 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9723 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
9725 bp_throw
? " (exception thrown), "
9726 : " (exception caught), ");
9727 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9729 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
9730 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
9731 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
9732 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
9734 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
9738 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9739 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
9741 struct value_print_options opts
;
9742 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9744 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
9745 if (opts
.addressprint
)
9748 if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
9749 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
9751 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
9752 b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
);
9757 if (strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
)
9758 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception throw");
9760 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception catch");
9764 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9766 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9770 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
9771 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
9772 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_temp
? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
9773 : _("Catchpoint "));
9774 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
9775 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_throw
? _(" (throw)")
9779 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
9780 catch catchpoints. */
9783 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9789 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
9790 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
9791 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, bp_temp
? "tcatch " : "catch ");
9792 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, bp_throw
? "throw" : "catch");
9793 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
9796 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
;
9799 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
9800 enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, int from_tty
)
9802 char *trigger_func_name
;
9804 if (ex_event
== EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
9805 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_begin_catch";
9807 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_throw";
9809 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9810 trigger_func_name
, cond_string
, -1,
9811 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
9812 tempflag
, bp_breakpoint
,
9814 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
/* pending */,
9815 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
, from_tty
,
9822 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
9825 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, char *arg
,
9826 int tempflag
, int from_tty
)
9828 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
9832 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9834 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
9836 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
9837 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9839 if (ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_THROW
9840 && ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
9841 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
9843 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag
, cond_string
, ex_event
, from_tty
))
9846 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
9849 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
9852 catch_catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
9854 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
9856 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
9859 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
9862 catch_throw_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
9864 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
9866 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
9870 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9871 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9872 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
9874 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9880 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9882 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9884 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9885 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
9886 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
9887 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
9888 used for different exception names will use the same address.
9889 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
9890 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
9891 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
9892 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
9893 enough for now, though. */
9896 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
9898 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9899 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9900 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
9901 b
->language
= language_ada
;
9904 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
9905 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
9907 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
9909 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
9910 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result
);
9912 while (*arg
!= '\0')
9914 int i
, syscall_number
;
9919 /* Skip whitespace. */
9920 while (isspace (*arg
))
9923 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
9924 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
9928 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
9929 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
9930 if (*endptr
== '\0')
9931 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
9934 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
9936 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
9938 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
9939 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
9940 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
9941 syscall number to be caught. */
9942 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
9945 /* Ok, it's valid. */
9946 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
9949 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
9953 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
9956 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
9957 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
9962 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
9964 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
9965 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
9966 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
9967 this architecture yet."));
9969 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
9971 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9973 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
9974 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
9975 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
9976 for his/her architecture. */
9977 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
9979 /* The allowed syntax is:
9981 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
9983 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
9986 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
9990 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
9991 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
9995 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9997 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
10002 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10004 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
10007 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
10010 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
10012 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= a
;
10013 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
10014 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= b
;
10015 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
10017 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
10019 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
10022 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
10026 return ub
> ub
? 1 : 0;
10029 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
10032 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10034 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
10035 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
10038 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
10039 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
10041 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
10045 sals
= decode_line_spec (arg
, (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
10046 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
10051 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
10052 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
10053 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
10054 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
10056 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
10057 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
10058 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
10059 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
10060 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
10061 error (_("No source file specified."));
10063 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
10069 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
10070 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
10071 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
10072 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
10074 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
10075 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
10076 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
10077 due to optimization, all in one block.
10079 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
10080 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
10081 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
10082 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
10083 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
10084 to support that. */
10086 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
10087 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
10088 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
10092 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
10093 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
10095 int is_abs
, sal_name_len
;
10097 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
10098 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
10099 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
10102 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
10107 1 0 <can't happen> */
10109 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
10110 is_abs
= sal
.symtab
== NULL
? 1 : IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal
.symtab
->filename
);
10111 sal_name_len
= is_abs
? 0 : strlen (sal
.symtab
->filename
);
10113 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
10114 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
10117 /* Are we going to delete b? */
10118 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
10120 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
10121 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
10123 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
10124 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
10125 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
10127 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
10128 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
10129 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
10130 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
10131 int line_match
= 0;
10133 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
10134 && loc
->source_file
!= NULL
10135 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
10136 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
10137 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
)
10139 if (filename_cmp (loc
->source_file
,
10140 sal
.symtab
->filename
) == 0)
10142 else if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal
.symtab
->filename
)
10143 && compare_filenames_for_search (loc
->source_file
,
10144 sal
.symtab
->filename
,
10149 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
10158 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
10162 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
10163 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
10166 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
10168 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
10171 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
10172 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
10173 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
10174 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
10175 compare_breakpoints
);
10176 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
10177 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
10181 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
10186 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
10187 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
10190 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
10191 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
10193 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
10195 breakpoints_changed ();
10197 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
10200 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
10201 delete_breakpoint (b
);
10204 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
10206 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
10209 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
10210 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
10211 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
10214 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
10216 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
10218 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
10219 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
10220 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
10222 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
10224 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
10226 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
10227 delete_breakpoint (b
);
10231 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
10232 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
10233 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
10234 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
10235 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
10236 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
10239 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
10241 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
10242 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
10243 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
10244 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
10245 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
10247 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
10248 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
10250 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
10251 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
10252 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
10254 /* Make the user-visible order stable across GDB runs. Locations of
10255 the same breakpoint can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
10257 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
10258 return (a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
10259 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
);
10261 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
10264 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
10265 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
10266 content of the bp_location array. */
10269 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
10271 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
10273 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
10274 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
10276 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
10278 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
10280 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
10283 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
10284 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
10286 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
10287 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
10288 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
10289 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
10291 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
10293 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
10294 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
10295 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
10296 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
10300 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
10303 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
10305 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
10306 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10308 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
10311 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
10313 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
10315 struct tracepoint
*t
;
10317 if (!is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
10320 if ((bl
->owner
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
10321 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
10322 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
10325 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
10326 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
10327 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
10328 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
10331 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
10333 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
10336 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10337 t
->number_on_target
= bl
->owner
->number
;
10340 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10343 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
10346 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
10348 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
10349 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
10350 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
10352 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
10353 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
10354 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
10355 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
10356 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
10358 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
10359 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
10360 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
10361 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
10362 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
10363 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
10366 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
10367 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
10368 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
10369 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
10370 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
10371 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
10372 returns true on them.
10374 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
10375 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
10376 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
10377 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
10378 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
10379 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
10382 update_global_location_list (int should_insert
)
10384 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10385 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
10386 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
10388 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
10389 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
10390 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
10391 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
10392 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
10394 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
10395 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
10396 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
10397 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
10399 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
10400 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
10401 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
10402 unsigned old_location_count
;
10404 old_location
= bp_location
;
10405 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
10406 bp_location
= NULL
;
10407 bp_location_count
= 0;
10408 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
10410 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
10411 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
10412 bp_location_count
++;
10414 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
10415 locp
= bp_location
;
10416 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
10417 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
10419 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
10420 bp_location_compare
);
10422 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
10424 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
10425 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
10426 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
10427 if there's another location at the same address (previously
10428 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
10431 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
10432 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
10434 locp
= bp_location
;
10435 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
10438 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
10439 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
10441 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
10442 not, we have to free it. */
10443 int found_object
= 0;
10444 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
10445 int keep_in_target
= 0;
10448 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
10449 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
10450 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
10451 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
10455 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
10456 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
10459 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
10466 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
10467 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
10468 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
10469 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
10470 at certain location is not inserted. */
10472 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
10474 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
10477 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
10479 /* The location is still present in the location list,
10480 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
10481 keep_in_target
= 1;
10485 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
10486 disabled. See if there's another location at the
10487 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
10488 this one from the target. */
10490 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
10491 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
10494 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
10495 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
10498 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
10500 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
10502 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
10503 access watchpoints, if the former are not
10504 supported, but the latter are. */
10505 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
10507 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
10508 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
10511 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
10512 if it should be inserted in case it will be
10514 if (loc2
!= old_loc
10515 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
10517 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
10518 keep_in_target
= 1;
10526 if (!keep_in_target
)
10528 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
10530 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
10531 this location on the global list, and try to
10532 remove it next time, but there's no particular
10533 reason why we will succeed next time.
10535 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
10536 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
10537 only after calling us. */
10538 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
10539 "breakpoint %d\n"),
10540 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
10548 if (removed
&& non_stop
10549 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
10550 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
10552 /* This location was removed from the target. In
10553 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
10554 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
10555 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
10556 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
10557 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
10558 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
10559 after we see some number of events. The theory here
10560 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
10561 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
10562 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
10563 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
10564 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
10565 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
10568 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
10569 decr_pc_after_break targets.
10571 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
10572 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
10573 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
10574 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
10575 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
10576 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
10577 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
10578 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
10579 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
10580 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
10581 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
10582 targets that do not support new thread events, like
10583 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
10586 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
10587 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
10588 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
10589 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
10591 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
10592 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
10593 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
10594 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
10595 traps we can no longer explain. */
10597 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
10598 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
10600 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
10604 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
10605 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
10610 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
10611 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
10612 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
10613 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
10614 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
10615 are sorted first for the same address.
10617 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
10618 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
10620 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
10621 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
10622 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
10623 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
10624 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
10626 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
10628 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
10631 if (!should_be_inserted (loc
)
10632 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
10633 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
10634 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
10635 `struct bp_location'. */
10636 || is_tracepoint (b
))
10639 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
10640 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
10641 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10642 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
10643 "actually inserted"));
10645 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
10646 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
10647 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
10648 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
10649 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
10650 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
10652 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
10654 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
10655 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
10656 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
10658 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
10659 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
10664 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
10665 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
10666 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
10668 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
10669 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
10671 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
10672 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
10673 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10674 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
10675 "a permanent breakpoint"));
10678 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
10679 && (have_live_inferiors ()
10680 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))))
10681 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
10684 download_tracepoint_locations ();
10686 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
10690 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
10692 struct bp_location
*loc
;
10695 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
10696 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
10698 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
10699 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
10705 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting
)
10707 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
10709 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
10710 update_global_location_list (inserting
);
10713 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
10716 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
10720 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
10721 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
10723 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
10724 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
10725 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
10729 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
10731 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
10733 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
10735 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
10739 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
10743 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10745 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10746 struct value_print_options opts
;
10748 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10750 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
10752 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
10754 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
10758 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->source_file
== NULL
)
10760 printf_filtered (" at ");
10761 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
10764 if (b
->loc
->source_file
)
10766 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
10768 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
10769 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
10770 b
->loc
->source_file
, b
->loc
->line_number
);
10772 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
10773 different file name, and this at least reflects the
10774 real situation somewhat. */
10775 printf_filtered (": %s.", b
->addr_string
);
10780 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
10782 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
10784 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
10789 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
10792 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
10794 xfree (self
->cond
);
10795 xfree (self
->function_name
);
10796 xfree (self
->source_file
);
10799 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
10804 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
10808 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10810 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
10811 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
10812 xfree (self
->addr_string
);
10813 xfree (self
->filter
);
10814 xfree (self
->addr_string_range_end
);
10817 static struct bp_location
*
10818 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10820 struct bp_location
*loc
;
10822 loc
= XNEW (struct bp_location
);
10823 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
10828 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10830 /* Nothing to re-set. */
10833 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
10834 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
10837 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10839 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10843 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10845 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10849 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10850 struct address_space
*aspace
,
10852 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10854 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10858 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
10863 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
10867 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10869 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10872 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
10876 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10878 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10881 static enum print_stop_action
10882 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
10884 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10888 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
10889 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10895 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10897 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10901 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10903 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10907 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
10908 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
10909 enum bptype type_wanted
,
10913 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10917 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
10918 struct linespec_result
*c
,
10919 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
10921 enum bptype type_wanted
,
10922 enum bpdisp disposition
,
10924 int task
, int ignore_count
,
10925 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
10926 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
10929 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10933 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
10934 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
10936 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10939 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
10941 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
10942 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
10943 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
10944 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
10945 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
10946 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
10947 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
10948 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
10949 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
10950 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
10952 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
10953 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
10954 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
10955 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address
,
10956 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
10957 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec
,
10960 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
10963 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10965 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
10966 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
10968 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
10969 delete_breakpoint (b
);
10973 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
10977 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10979 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
10980 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
10983 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
10988 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10990 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
10991 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
10993 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
10997 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10998 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10999 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
11001 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
11003 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
11004 || ws
->value
.sig
!= TARGET_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
11007 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
11011 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
11012 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
11013 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
11020 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
11022 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
11027 static enum print_stop_action
11028 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
11030 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11031 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
11033 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11035 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
11037 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
11038 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
11040 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
11041 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
11042 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
11045 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
11047 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
11049 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
11050 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11052 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
11053 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
11054 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
11056 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
11057 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
11059 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
11063 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11065 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
11070 case bp_breakpoint
:
11071 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
11072 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
11073 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
11075 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
11076 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
11077 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
11078 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
11080 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
11081 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
11089 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
11091 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
11092 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
11093 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
11094 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
11095 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
11096 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
11097 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
11098 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
11099 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
11101 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11102 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
11104 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->addr_string
);
11105 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
11109 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
11110 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
11111 enum bptype type_wanted
,
11112 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
11114 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
11115 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
11119 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11120 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
11121 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
11123 enum bptype type_wanted
,
11124 enum bpdisp disposition
,
11126 int task
, int ignore_count
,
11127 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11128 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
11131 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
, lsal
,
11132 cond_string
, type_wanted
,
11133 disposition
, thread
, task
,
11134 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
11135 enabled
, internal
);
11139 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
11140 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
11142 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
11145 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
11148 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11152 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
11153 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
11154 case bp_overlay_event
:
11155 case bp_longjmp_master
:
11156 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
11157 case bp_exception_master
:
11158 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11161 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
11162 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
11163 case bp_shlib_event
:
11165 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
11166 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
11167 case bp_thread_event
:
11173 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
11175 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
11177 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
11178 events. This allows the user to get control and place
11179 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
11180 objects (among other things). */
11181 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
11182 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
11188 static enum print_stop_action
11189 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
11191 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11192 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11194 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
11198 case bp_shlib_event
:
11199 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
11200 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
11201 to shlib event" message.) */
11202 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
11203 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11204 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
11205 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
11208 case bp_thread_event
:
11209 /* Not sure how we will get here.
11210 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
11211 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11214 case bp_overlay_event
:
11215 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
11216 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11219 case bp_longjmp_master
:
11220 /* These should never be enabled. */
11221 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11224 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
11225 /* These should never be enabled. */
11226 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
11227 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
11230 case bp_exception_master
:
11231 /* These should never be enabled. */
11232 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
11233 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
11237 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
11241 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11243 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
11246 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
11249 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11251 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
11252 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
11253 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
11254 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
11258 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
11260 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
11263 static enum print_stop_action
11264 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
11266 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11268 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11270 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
11275 ui_out_field_string
11277 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
11281 ui_out_field_string
11283 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
11288 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
11292 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11294 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
11297 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
11300 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11302 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
11306 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
11307 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
11308 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
11310 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
11316 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
11317 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
11319 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
11320 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
11322 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
11324 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
11325 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
11326 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
11327 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
11332 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11334 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
11339 case bp_tracepoint
:
11340 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
11341 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
11343 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
11344 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
11345 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
11347 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
11348 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
11349 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
11352 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11353 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
11360 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
11362 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
11364 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
11365 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
11366 if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
11367 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
11368 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
11369 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
11371 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11372 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
11374 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->addr_string
);
11375 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
11377 if (tp
->pass_count
)
11378 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
11382 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
11383 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
11384 enum bptype type_wanted
,
11385 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
11387 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
11388 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
11392 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11393 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
11394 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
11396 enum bptype type_wanted
,
11397 enum bpdisp disposition
,
11399 int task
, int ignore_count
,
11400 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11401 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
11404 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
, lsal
,
11405 cond_string
, type_wanted
,
11406 disposition
, thread
, task
,
11407 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
11408 enabled
, internal
);
11412 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
11413 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
11415 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
11418 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11420 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
11424 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
11425 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
11426 enum bptype type_wanted
,
11427 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
11429 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
11431 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg
);
11433 *copy_arg
= savestring (addr_start
, *arg
- addr_start
);
11435 canonical
->addr_string
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
11436 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
11437 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
11441 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11442 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
11443 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
11445 enum bptype type_wanted
,
11446 enum bpdisp disposition
,
11448 int task
, int ignore_count
,
11449 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11450 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
11455 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
11456 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
11457 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
11458 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
11459 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
11460 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
11462 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
11464 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
11465 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
11466 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11469 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
11470 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
11472 addr_string
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
11473 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
11475 tp
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
11476 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
11478 cond_string
, type_wanted
, disposition
,
11479 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
11480 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
,
11481 canonical
->special_display
);
11482 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
11483 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
11484 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
11485 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
11486 try to match up which of the newly found markers
11487 corresponds to this one */
11488 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
11490 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
11492 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11497 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
11498 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
11500 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
11502 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s
);
11503 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
11505 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
11509 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
11512 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
11515 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11517 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
11520 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
11524 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
11526 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11528 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
11530 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
11531 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
11534 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
11535 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
11536 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
11537 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
11538 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
11541 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
11542 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
11543 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
11544 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
11546 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
11549 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
11550 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
11551 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
11553 struct breakpoint
*related
;
11554 struct watchpoint
*w
;
11556 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
11557 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
11558 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
11559 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
11563 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
11565 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
11566 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
11567 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
11568 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
11569 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
11572 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
11573 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
11574 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
11575 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
11577 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
11579 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
11580 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
11582 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11583 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
11585 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
11589 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
11591 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
11592 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
11593 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
11594 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
11595 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
11596 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
11597 commands won't work. */
11599 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
11601 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
11602 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
11603 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
11604 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
11605 might be better design to have location completely
11606 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
11607 update_global_location_list (0);
11609 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
11610 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
11611 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
11612 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
11617 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
11619 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11623 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11625 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
11628 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
11629 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
11632 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11633 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
11637 struct breakpoint
*related
;
11642 struct breakpoint
*next
;
11644 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
11645 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
11647 if (next
== related
)
11649 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
11650 function (related
, data
);
11652 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
11653 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
11658 function (related
, data
);
11662 while (related
!= b
);
11666 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
11668 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11671 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
11672 delete_breakpoint. */
11675 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
11677 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
11681 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11683 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
11689 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
11691 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
11692 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
11693 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
11694 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11695 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
11697 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
11701 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
11703 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
11705 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
11706 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
11707 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11711 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
11715 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
11717 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11718 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
11719 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
11724 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
11725 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
11726 Null names are ignored. */
11729 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
11731 struct bp_location
*l
;
11732 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
11733 (int (*) (const void *,
11734 const void *)) streq
,
11735 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
11737 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
11740 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
11742 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
11746 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
11748 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
11752 htab_delete (htab
);
11758 htab_delete (htab
);
11762 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
11763 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
11764 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
11765 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
11766 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
11767 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
11768 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
11769 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
11772 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
11773 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
11774 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
11775 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
11776 in the sources, and output a warning.
11778 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
11779 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
11780 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
11781 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
11782 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
11785 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
11786 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
11787 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
11788 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
11789 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
11790 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
11791 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
11792 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
11793 precisely because it confuses tools). */
11795 static struct symtab_and_line
11796 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
11798 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
11799 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
11805 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
11807 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
11809 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
11810 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
11812 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
11814 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
11815 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
11816 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
11821 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
11823 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
11825 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
11826 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
11828 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
11831 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
11833 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
11835 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11836 struct symbol
*sym
;
11837 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
11838 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11840 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
11842 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
11843 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
11845 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
11846 "found at previous line number"),
11847 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
11851 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
11853 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
11854 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
11855 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
11858 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
11859 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
11860 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
11862 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", sal2
.symtab
->filename
);
11863 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
11865 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11867 char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
11870 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
11873 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal2
.line
);
11874 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
11876 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
11878 xfree (b
->loc
->source_file
);
11880 b
->loc
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal2
.symtab
->filename
);
11882 b
->loc
->source_file
= NULL
;
11884 xfree (b
->addr_string
);
11885 b
->addr_string
= xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
11886 sal2
.symtab
->filename
,
11887 b
->loc
->line_number
);
11889 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
11892 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
11898 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
11899 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
11902 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
11906 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
11909 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
11912 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
11919 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
11925 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
11926 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
11927 a ranged breakpoint. */
11930 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11931 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
11932 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
11935 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
11937 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
11939 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
11941 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
11942 update_global_location_list (1);
11943 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
11944 "multiple locations found\n"),
11949 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
11950 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
11951 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
11952 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
11953 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
11954 individual locations. */
11955 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
11960 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
11962 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
11964 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
11966 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
11968 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
11970 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
11973 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
11975 s
= b
->cond_string
;
11976 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
11978 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
11983 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
11984 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
11985 b
->number
, e
.message
);
11986 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
11990 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
11992 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
11994 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
11998 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
11999 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
12000 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
12002 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
12005 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
12006 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
12007 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
12008 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
12009 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
12010 often enough until a better solution is found. */
12011 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
12013 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
12015 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
12017 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
12018 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
12020 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
12021 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
12029 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
12030 if (l
->function_name
12031 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
12041 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
12042 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12044 update_global_location_list (1);
12047 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
12048 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
12050 static struct symtabs_and_lines
12051 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *addr_string
, int *found
)
12054 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
12055 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
12057 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
12060 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12062 b
->ops
->decode_linespec (b
, &s
, &sals
);
12066 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
12067 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
12068 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
12069 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
12070 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
12071 state, then user already saw the message about that
12072 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
12074 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
12075 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
12076 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
12077 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
12078 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
12079 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
12081 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
12083 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
12084 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
12085 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
12086 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
12087 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
12088 which approach is better. */
12089 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
12090 throw_exception (e
);
12094 if (e
.reason
== 0 || e
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
12098 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
12099 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
12100 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
12102 char *cond_string
= 0;
12106 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
12107 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
);
12109 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
12110 b
->thread
= thread
;
12112 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
12115 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
12116 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
12126 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
12127 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
12131 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12134 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
12135 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
12136 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
12138 sals
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string
, &found
);
12141 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
12145 if (b
->addr_string_range_end
)
12147 sals_end
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string_range_end
, &found
);
12150 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
12151 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
12155 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
12158 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
12159 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
12162 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg
,
12163 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12164 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12165 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
12167 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg
, canonical
);
12170 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
12171 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
12175 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12176 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12177 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
12179 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12180 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12182 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12183 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12184 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12187 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
12188 type_wanted
, disposition
,
12189 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12190 enabled
, internal
);
12193 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
12194 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
12197 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
12198 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12200 struct linespec_result canonical
;
12202 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
12203 decode_line_full (s
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
12204 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
12205 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
12208 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
12209 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
12211 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
12213 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
12215 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
12216 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
12217 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
12219 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
12222 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
12225 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
12227 static struct cleanup
*
12228 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12230 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12232 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
12233 cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
12234 if (b
->pspace
!= NULL
)
12235 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
12236 set_language (b
->language
);
12241 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
12242 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
12243 Unused in this case. */
12246 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
12248 /* Get past catch_errs. */
12249 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
12250 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12252 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
12253 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
12254 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12258 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
12260 breakpoint_re_set (void)
12262 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
12263 enum language save_language
;
12264 int save_input_radix
;
12265 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
12267 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
12268 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
12269 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
12271 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12273 /* Format possible error msg. */
12274 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
12276 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
12277 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
12278 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12280 set_language (save_language
);
12281 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
12283 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
12285 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
12287 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
12288 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
12289 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
12290 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
12292 /* While we're at it, reset the skip list too. */
12296 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
12298 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
12299 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
12301 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12303 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
12305 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
12306 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
12308 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
12309 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
12310 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
12312 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
12316 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
12317 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
12318 which ends with a period (no newline). */
12321 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
12323 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12328 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12329 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
12331 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
12333 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
12334 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
12339 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
12343 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
12344 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
12346 else if (count
== 1)
12347 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
12350 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
12351 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
12354 breakpoints_changed ();
12355 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12359 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
12362 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
12365 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12371 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
12373 num
= get_number (&p
);
12375 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
12377 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
12379 set_ignore_count (num
,
12380 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
12383 printf_filtered ("\n");
12386 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
12387 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
12390 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
12395 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
12397 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
12400 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
12402 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
12404 while (!state
.finished
)
12406 char *p
= state
.string
;
12410 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
12413 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
12417 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
12418 if (b
->number
== num
)
12421 function (b
, data
);
12425 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
12430 static struct bp_location
*
12431 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
12433 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
12437 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12438 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12443 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
12445 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
12447 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12448 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
12453 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
12454 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
12457 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
12459 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
12463 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
12466 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
12472 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
12473 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
12474 which ends with a period (no newline). */
12477 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12479 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
12480 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
12481 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
12482 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
12485 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
12486 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
12489 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
12491 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12492 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
12494 struct bp_location
*location
;
12496 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
12497 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
12500 update_global_location_list (0);
12502 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
12505 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
12508 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
12510 disable_breakpoint (b
);
12513 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
12514 disable_breakpoint. */
12517 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
12519 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
12523 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12527 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
12529 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
12530 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
12531 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
12533 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
12535 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
12539 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12540 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
12541 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
12542 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
12544 update_global_location_list (0);
12547 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
12551 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
)
12553 int target_resources_ok
;
12555 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
12558 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
12559 target_resources_ok
=
12560 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
12562 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
12563 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
12564 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
12565 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
12568 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
12570 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
12571 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= 0;
12572 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
12574 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
12576 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
12578 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
12579 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
12580 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
12584 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
12585 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
12591 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
12592 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
12594 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12595 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
12597 struct bp_location
*location
;
12599 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
12600 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
12603 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
12604 update_global_location_list (1);
12605 breakpoints_changed ();
12607 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
12612 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12614 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
);
12618 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
12620 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
12623 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
12624 enable_breakpoint. */
12627 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
12629 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
12632 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
12633 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
12634 in stopping the inferior. */
12637 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12641 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
12643 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
12644 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
12645 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
12647 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
12649 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
12653 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12654 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
12655 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
12656 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
12658 update_global_location_list (1);
12661 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
12665 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
12667 enum bpdisp disp
= *(enum bpdisp
*) arg
;
12669 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp
);
12673 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
12675 enum bpdisp disp
= disp_disable
;
12677 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
12681 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12683 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
12687 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
12689 enum bpdisp disp
= disp_del
;
12691 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
12695 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12697 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
12701 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12706 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12710 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
12711 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
12715 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
,
12716 const bfd_byte
*data
)
12718 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
12720 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
12721 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
12722 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12724 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
12726 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
12728 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12730 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12731 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
12732 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
12733 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
12735 value_free (wp
->val
);
12743 /* Use the last displayed codepoint's values, or nothing
12744 if they aren't valid. */
12746 struct symtabs_and_lines
12747 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string
, int flags
)
12749 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
12752 error (_("Empty line specification."));
12753 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
12754 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, flags
,
12755 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
12756 get_last_displayed_line ());
12758 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, flags
, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
12760 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string
);
12764 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
12765 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
12766 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
12767 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
12771 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12772 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
12774 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
12776 bp_tgt
= XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info
);
12778 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
12779 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
12781 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
12783 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
12791 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
12792 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
12795 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
12797 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
12800 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
12806 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
12809 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
12810 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
12812 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
12815 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12816 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12821 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
12823 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
12824 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
12828 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
12829 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
12830 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
12833 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
12834 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
12835 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
12836 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
12837 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
12838 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
12840 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
12841 if (*bpt_p
== NULL
)
12842 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
12843 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
12846 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
12847 were inserted or not. */
12850 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
12852 return (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
12853 || single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
);
12856 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
12859 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12861 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
12863 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
12865 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
12866 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
12867 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
12868 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
12870 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
12872 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
12873 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
12874 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
12875 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
12879 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
12880 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
12881 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
12885 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12889 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
12890 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
12892 xfree (single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
12893 single_step_breakpoints
[i
] = NULL
;
12894 single_step_gdbarch
[i
] = NULL
;
12898 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
12902 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12906 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
12907 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
12908 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[i
],
12909 single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
12912 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
12916 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
12921 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
12923 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
12925 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
12926 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
12934 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
12935 non-zero otherwise. */
12937 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
12939 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
12940 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
12941 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
12948 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
12950 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
12952 return inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
12956 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
12958 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
12960 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
12961 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
12963 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bp
;
12965 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
12969 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
12971 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
12981 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
12983 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
12984 char *text
, char *word
)
12986 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
12988 = (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, text
, word
);
12994 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
12996 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
12998 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
13000 tracepoint_count
= num
;
13001 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
13005 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13007 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
13009 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
13011 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
13012 0 /* Ignore count */,
13013 pending_break_support
,
13014 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
13018 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
13022 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13024 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
13026 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
13028 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
13029 0 /* Ignore count */,
13030 pending_break_support
,
13031 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
13035 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
13038 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
13041 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13043 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
13045 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
13046 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
13047 if (arg
&& strncmp (arg
, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg
[2]))
13048 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13050 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13052 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
13054 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
13056 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
13057 0 /* Ignore count */,
13058 pending_break_support
,
13063 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
13066 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
13067 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
13069 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
13070 static int next_cmd
;
13073 read_uploaded_action (void)
13077 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
13084 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
13085 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
13086 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
13087 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
13088 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
13090 struct tracepoint
*
13091 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
13093 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
13094 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13096 if (utp
->at_string
)
13097 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
13100 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
13101 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
13102 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
13104 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
13105 "source location, using raw address"),
13107 sprintf (small_buf
, "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
13108 addr_str
= small_buf
;
13111 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
13112 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
13113 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
13114 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
13117 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
13119 utp
->cond_string
, -1, 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
13121 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
13122 0 /* Ignore count */,
13123 pending_break_support
,
13124 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
13126 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
13130 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
13132 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
13133 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
13134 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
13138 sprintf (small_buf
, "%d %d", utp
->pass
, tp
->base
.number
);
13140 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
13143 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
13144 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
13145 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
13147 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
13149 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
13154 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
13156 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, cmd_list
);
13158 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
13159 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
13160 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
13161 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
13164 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
13165 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
13166 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
13171 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
13175 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
13177 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13180 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
13182 if (num_printed
== 0)
13184 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
13185 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
13187 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
13190 default_collect_info ();
13193 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
13194 Not supported by all targets. */
13196 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
13198 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
13201 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
13202 Not supported by all targets. */
13204 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
13206 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
13209 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
13211 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13213 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13219 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13221 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
13222 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
13223 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
13225 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
13226 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13228 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13232 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13234 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
13236 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13237 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13238 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13242 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13245 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
13248 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
13250 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
13251 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (tp
->base
.number
);
13253 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
13254 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
13257 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
13259 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
13260 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
13261 Also accepts special argument "all". */
13264 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
13266 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
13267 unsigned int count
;
13269 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
13270 error (_("passcount command requires an "
13271 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
13273 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
13275 while (*args
&& isspace ((int) *args
))
13278 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
13280 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13282 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
13284 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
13286 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
13288 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13289 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
13292 else if (*args
== '\0')
13294 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
, 1);
13296 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
13300 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
13302 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
13303 while (!state
.finished
)
13305 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
, 1);
13307 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
13312 struct tracepoint
*
13313 get_tracepoint (int num
)
13315 struct breakpoint
*t
;
13317 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
13318 if (t
->number
== num
)
13319 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
13324 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
13325 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
13328 struct tracepoint
*
13329 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
13331 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13333 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
13335 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13337 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
13344 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
13345 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
13346 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
13347 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
13348 struct tracepoint
*
13349 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
13350 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
,
13353 extern int tracepoint_count
;
13354 struct breakpoint
*t
;
13356 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
13360 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
13361 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
13363 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
13366 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
13368 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
13371 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
13375 if (instring
&& *instring
)
13376 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
13379 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
13380 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
13384 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
13385 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
13387 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
13390 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
13395 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13397 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
13398 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
13401 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
13403 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
13406 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
13407 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
13408 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
13412 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
13413 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
13415 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
13418 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
13419 struct ui_file
*fp
;
13420 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
13422 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
13423 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
13425 /* See if we have anything to save. */
13426 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
13428 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
13429 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
13432 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
13433 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
13438 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
13440 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
13442 /* We can stop searching. */
13449 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
13453 pathname
= tilde_expand (filename
);
13454 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, pathname
);
13455 fp
= gdb_fopen (pathname
, "w");
13457 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
13458 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
13459 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
13461 if (extra_trace_bits
)
13462 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
13464 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
13466 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
13467 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
13470 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
13471 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
13474 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, fp
);
13476 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
13477 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
13480 if (tp
->cond_string
)
13481 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
13483 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
13484 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
13488 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
13490 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
13492 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, fp
);
13493 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
13495 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
13497 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
13500 throw_exception (ex
);
13502 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
13505 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
13506 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable\n");
13508 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
13509 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
13510 special, and not user visible. */
13511 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
13513 struct bp_location
*loc
;
13516 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
13518 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
13522 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
13523 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
13525 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
13527 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
13530 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
13533 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
13535 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
13538 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
13541 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
13543 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
13546 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
13548 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
13549 all_tracepoints (void)
13551 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
13552 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
13554 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
13556 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
13563 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
13564 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
13565 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
13567 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
13568 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
13569 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
13570 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
13571 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
13572 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
13573 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
13574 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
13576 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
13577 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
13579 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
13580 conditions are different.\n\
13582 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
13584 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
13585 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
13587 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
13588 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
13591 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
13592 void (*sfunc
) (char *args
, int from_tty
,
13593 struct cmd_list_element
*command
),
13594 char **(*completer
) (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
13595 char *text
, char *word
),
13596 void *user_data_catch
,
13597 void *user_data_tcatch
)
13599 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
13601 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
13603 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
13604 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
13605 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
13607 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
13609 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
13610 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
13611 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
13615 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior
*inf
)
13617 inf
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
13618 inf
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
13619 VEC_free (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
);
13623 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13625 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
13626 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
13627 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout
);
13630 struct breakpoint
*
13631 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
13634 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13636 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13638 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
13645 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
13646 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
13649 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13651 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
13652 non-inline function. */
13653 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13659 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
13660 have been inlined. */
13663 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
13664 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13666 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13667 struct bp_location
*bl
;
13669 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13671 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
13674 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
13676 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
13677 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
13686 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
13688 static int initialized
= 0;
13690 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
13696 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
13697 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
13698 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
13699 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
13700 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
13701 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
13702 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
13703 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
13704 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
13705 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_create_sals_from_address
;
13706 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
13707 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_decode_linespec
;
13709 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
13710 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
13711 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
13712 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
13713 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
13714 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
13715 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
13716 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
13718 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
13719 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
13720 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
13721 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
13722 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
13723 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
13724 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
13725 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
13726 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
13727 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
13729 /* Internal breakpoints. */
13730 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
13731 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
13732 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
13733 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
13734 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
13735 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
13737 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
13738 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
13739 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
13740 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
13741 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
13742 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
13743 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
13745 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
13746 ops
= &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
;
13747 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
13748 ops
->print_it
= print_it_exception_catchpoint
;
13749 ops
->print_one
= print_one_exception_catchpoint
;
13750 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_exception_catchpoint
;
13751 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_exception_catchpoint
;
13754 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13755 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
13756 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
13757 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
13758 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
13759 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
13760 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
13761 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
13762 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
13763 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
13764 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
13765 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
13766 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
13768 /* Masked watchpoints. */
13769 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13770 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13771 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
13772 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
13773 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
13774 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
13775 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
13776 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
13777 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
13778 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
13781 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13782 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
13783 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
13784 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
13785 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
13786 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
13787 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
13788 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_address
;
13789 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
13790 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_decode_linespec
;
13792 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
13793 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13794 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13795 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_address
;
13796 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
13797 ops
->decode_linespec
= strace_marker_decode_linespec
;
13799 /* Fork catchpoints. */
13800 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
13801 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
13802 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
13803 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
13804 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
13805 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
13806 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
13807 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
13808 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
13810 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
13811 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
13812 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
13813 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
13814 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
13815 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
13816 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
13817 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
13818 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
13819 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
13821 /* Exec catchpoints. */
13822 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
13823 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
13824 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
13825 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
13826 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
13827 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
13828 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
13829 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
13830 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
13831 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
13833 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
13834 ops
= &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
13835 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
13836 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_syscall
;
13837 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_syscall
;
13838 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_syscall
;
13839 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
;
13840 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_syscall
;
13841 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_syscall
;
13842 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_syscall
;
13843 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_syscall
;
13847 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
13849 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
13851 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
13853 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
13854 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
13855 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
13857 breakpoint_objfile_key
= register_objfile_data ();
13859 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
13860 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
13861 before a breakpoint is set. */
13862 breakpoint_count
= 0;
13864 tracepoint_count
= 0;
13866 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
13867 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
13868 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
13870 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13872 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
13873 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
13874 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
13875 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
13876 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
13877 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
13878 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
13879 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
13881 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
13882 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
13883 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
13884 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
13886 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
13887 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
13888 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
13889 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
13890 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
13892 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
13893 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
13895 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
13896 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
13897 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
13898 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
13900 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
13901 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
13903 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
13904 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
13905 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
13906 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
13908 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
13909 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
13911 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
13912 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13913 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13914 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
13915 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13916 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
13917 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
13919 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
13920 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13921 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13922 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
13923 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13924 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
13926 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13928 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
13929 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13930 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13931 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13932 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
13933 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
13935 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
13936 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13937 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
13940 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
13941 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13942 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
13945 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
13946 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13947 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
13950 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
13951 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13952 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
13955 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
13956 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13957 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13958 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13959 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
13960 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
13961 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13962 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13964 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
13965 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13966 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13967 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13968 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
13970 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
13971 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13972 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13973 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13974 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
13975 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
13978 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
13979 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
13980 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13981 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13983 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
13984 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
13985 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
13986 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13987 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13989 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
13990 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
13991 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13992 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
13994 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
13995 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
13996 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13997 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13998 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
14001 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
14002 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
14003 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
14004 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
14005 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
14006 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
14008 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
14009 is executing in.\n\
14011 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
14012 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
14014 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
14015 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
14016 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
14017 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
14019 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
14020 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
14021 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
14022 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
14025 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
14029 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
14030 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
14031 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
14032 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
14033 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
14034 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
14035 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
14036 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
14037 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
14038 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
14039 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
14040 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
14041 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
14042 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
14043 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
14044 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
14046 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
14047 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
14048 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
14049 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
14050 breakpoint set."));
14053 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
14054 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
14055 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
14056 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
14057 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
14058 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
14059 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
14060 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
14061 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
14063 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
14064 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
14065 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
14066 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
14067 breakpoint set."));
14069 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
14072 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
14073 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
14074 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
14075 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
14076 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
14077 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
14078 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
14079 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
14080 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
14082 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
14083 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
14084 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
14085 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
14086 breakpoint set."));
14088 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
14089 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
14090 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
14091 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
14092 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
14093 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
14094 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
14095 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
14096 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
14097 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
14098 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
14099 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
14100 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
14102 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
14103 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
14104 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
14105 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
14107 &maintenanceinfolist
);
14109 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
14110 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
14111 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
14112 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
14114 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
14115 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
14116 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
14117 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
14119 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
14120 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
14121 Catch an exception, when caught."),
14122 catch_catch_command
,
14126 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
14127 Catch an exception, when thrown."),
14128 catch_throw_command
,
14132 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
14133 catch_fork_command_1
,
14135 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
14136 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
14137 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
14138 catch_fork_command_1
,
14140 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
14141 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
14142 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
14143 catch_exec_command_1
,
14147 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
14148 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
14149 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
14150 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
14151 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
14152 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
14153 catch_syscall_command_1
,
14154 catch_syscall_completer
,
14158 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
14159 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
14160 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
14161 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
14162 an expression changes.\n\
14163 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
14164 the memory to which it refers."));
14165 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
14167 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
14168 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
14169 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
14170 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
14171 an expression is read.\n\
14172 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
14173 the memory to which it refers."));
14174 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
14176 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
14177 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
14178 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
14179 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
14180 an expression is either read or written.\n\
14181 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
14182 the memory to which it refers."));
14183 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
14185 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
14186 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
14188 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
14189 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
14190 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
14191 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
14192 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
14193 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
14194 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
14195 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
14196 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
14199 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
14200 &setlist
, &showlist
);
14202 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
14204 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
14206 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
14207 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
14209 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
14210 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
14211 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
14213 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
14214 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
14215 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
14216 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
14218 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
14219 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
14221 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
14222 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
14223 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
14225 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
14226 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
14228 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
14229 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
14230 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
14231 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
14232 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
14233 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
14234 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
14235 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
14236 the selected stack frame.\n\
14237 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
14238 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
14239 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
14240 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
14242 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
14244 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
14245 conditions are different.\n\
14247 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
14248 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
14249 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
14251 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
14252 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
14253 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
14254 last tracepoint set."));
14256 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
14258 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
14259 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
14260 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
14261 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
14264 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
14265 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
14266 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
14267 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
14269 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
14271 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
14272 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
14273 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
14274 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
14276 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
14278 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
14279 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
14280 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
14281 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
14282 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
14284 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
14285 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
14286 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
14287 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
14289 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
14290 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
14291 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
14292 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
14293 session to restore them."),
14295 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
14297 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
14298 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
14299 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
14301 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
14303 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
14304 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
14306 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
14307 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
14308 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
14309 pending breakpoint behavior"),
14310 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
14311 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
14312 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
14313 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
14314 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
14315 pending breakpoint behavior"),
14316 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
14317 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
14319 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
14320 &pending_break_support
, _("\
14321 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
14322 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
14323 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
14324 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
14325 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
14326 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
14328 show_pending_break_support
,
14329 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
14330 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
14332 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
14334 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
14335 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
14336 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
14337 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
14338 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
14339 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
14340 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
14342 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
14343 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
14344 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
14346 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
14347 always_inserted_enums
, &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
14348 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
14349 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
14350 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
14351 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
14352 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
14353 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
14354 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
14355 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
14356 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
14357 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
14359 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
14360 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
14361 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
14363 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
14364 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
14365 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
14366 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
14367 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
14368 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
14369 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
14370 or the start of the range\n\
14371 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
14372 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
14373 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
14375 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
14376 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
14377 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
14379 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
14381 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);